2008-05-30 Vladimir Makarov <vmakarov@redhat.com>
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / ada / exp_ch4.adb
blob2d275a9bc8033814d517675dc9b1a42e37e1da5e
1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -- --
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
4 -- --
5 -- E X P _ C H 4 --
6 -- --
7 -- B o d y --
8 -- --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2008, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
10 -- --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
20 -- --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
23 -- --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 with Atree; use Atree;
27 with Checks; use Checks;
28 with Einfo; use Einfo;
29 with Elists; use Elists;
30 with Errout; use Errout;
31 with Exp_Aggr; use Exp_Aggr;
32 with Exp_Atag; use Exp_Atag;
33 with Exp_Ch3; use Exp_Ch3;
34 with Exp_Ch6; use Exp_Ch6;
35 with Exp_Ch7; use Exp_Ch7;
36 with Exp_Ch9; use Exp_Ch9;
37 with Exp_Disp; use Exp_Disp;
38 with Exp_Fixd; use Exp_Fixd;
39 with Exp_Pakd; use Exp_Pakd;
40 with Exp_Tss; use Exp_Tss;
41 with Exp_Util; use Exp_Util;
42 with Exp_VFpt; use Exp_VFpt;
43 with Freeze; use Freeze;
44 with Inline; use Inline;
45 with Namet; use Namet;
46 with Nlists; use Nlists;
47 with Nmake; use Nmake;
48 with Opt; use Opt;
49 with Restrict; use Restrict;
50 with Rident; use Rident;
51 with Rtsfind; use Rtsfind;
52 with Sem; use Sem;
53 with Sem_Cat; use Sem_Cat;
54 with Sem_Ch3; use Sem_Ch3;
55 with Sem_Ch8; use Sem_Ch8;
56 with Sem_Ch13; use Sem_Ch13;
57 with Sem_Eval; use Sem_Eval;
58 with Sem_Res; use Sem_Res;
59 with Sem_Type; use Sem_Type;
60 with Sem_Util; use Sem_Util;
61 with Sem_Warn; use Sem_Warn;
62 with Sinfo; use Sinfo;
63 with Snames; use Snames;
64 with Stand; use Stand;
65 with Targparm; use Targparm;
66 with Tbuild; use Tbuild;
67 with Ttypes; use Ttypes;
68 with Uintp; use Uintp;
69 with Urealp; use Urealp;
70 with Validsw; use Validsw;
72 package body Exp_Ch4 is
74 -----------------------
75 -- Local Subprograms --
76 -----------------------
78 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
79 pragma Inline (Binary_Op_Validity_Checks);
80 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
82 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
83 (N : Node_Id;
84 Op1 : Node_Id;
85 Op2 : Node_Id);
86 -- If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
87 -- corresponding library procedure.
89 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id);
90 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
91 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
92 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
93 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
95 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id);
96 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
97 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
99 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
100 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
101 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
102 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
103 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
104 -- run-time routine)
106 function Expand_Array_Equality
107 (Nod : Node_Id;
108 Lhs : Node_Id;
109 Rhs : Node_Id;
110 Bodies : List_Id;
111 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
112 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
113 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
114 -- Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
115 -- on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
116 -- process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
117 -- at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
118 -- Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
119 -- from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
120 -- Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
121 -- the type to be used for the formal parameters.
123 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id);
124 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
125 -- case of array type arguments.
127 function Expand_Composite_Equality
128 (Nod : Node_Id;
129 Typ : Entity_Id;
130 Lhs : Node_Id;
131 Rhs : Node_Id;
132 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id;
133 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
134 -- types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
135 -- to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
136 -- This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
137 -- right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
138 -- are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
139 -- the arrays to compare.
141 procedure Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
142 -- This routine handles expansion of concatenation operations, where N is
143 -- the N_Op_Concat node being expanded and Operands is the list of operands
144 -- (at least two are present). The caller has dealt with converting any
145 -- singleton operands into singleton aggregates.
147 procedure Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
148 -- Routine to expand concatenation of 2-5 operands (in the list Operands)
149 -- and replace node Cnode with the result of the concatenation. If there
150 -- are two operands, they can be string or character. If there are more
151 -- than two operands, then are always of type string (i.e. the caller has
152 -- already converted character operands to strings in this case).
154 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id);
155 -- N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
156 -- fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
157 -- routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
158 -- determine if the operation must be rounded.
160 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
161 (N : Node_Id;
162 T : Entity_Id;
163 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
164 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression for
165 -- created object. If context is an access parameter, create a local access
166 -- type to have a usable finalization list.
168 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
169 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
170 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
171 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
172 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
173 -- discriminants.
175 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
176 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
177 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
179 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id);
180 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
181 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
182 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
184 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
185 (Typ : Entity_Id;
186 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
187 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
188 -- the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
189 -- dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
190 -- expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
191 -- Sloc value for the generated code.
193 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
194 (Typ : Entity_Id;
195 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
196 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
197 -- produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
198 -- b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
199 -- involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
200 -- the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
201 -- constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
202 -- Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
204 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
205 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
206 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
207 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
208 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
209 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
210 -- call has no effect.
212 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
213 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
214 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
216 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
217 (Lhs : Node_Id;
218 Op1 : Node_Id;
219 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean;
220 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
221 -- operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
223 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
224 pragma Inline (Unary_Op_Validity_Checks);
225 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
227 -------------------------------
228 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
229 -------------------------------
231 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
232 begin
233 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
234 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
235 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
236 end if;
237 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks;
239 ------------------------------------
240 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
241 ------------------------------------
243 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
244 (N : Node_Id;
245 Op1 : Node_Id;
246 Op2 : Node_Id)
248 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
249 Kind : constant Node_Kind := Nkind (Expression (N));
250 Target : constant Node_Id :=
251 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
252 Prefix => Name (N),
253 Attribute_Name => Name_Address);
255 Arg1 : constant Node_Id := Op1;
256 Arg2 : Node_Id := Op2;
257 Call_Node : Node_Id;
258 Proc_Name : Entity_Id;
260 begin
261 if Kind = N_Op_Not then
262 if Nkind (Op1) in N_Binary_Op then
264 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
266 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_And then
267 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
269 elsif Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Or then
270 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
272 else pragma Assert (Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Xor);
273 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
274 end if;
276 Call_Node :=
277 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
278 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
280 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
281 Target,
282 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
283 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
284 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
286 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
287 Prefix => Right_Opnd (Op1),
288 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
290 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
291 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
292 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
294 else
295 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Not);
297 Call_Node :=
298 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
299 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
300 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
301 Target,
303 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
304 Prefix => Op1,
305 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
307 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
308 Prefix => Op1,
309 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
310 end if;
312 else
313 -- We use the following equivalences:
315 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
316 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
317 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
318 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
320 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
321 if Kind = N_Op_And then
322 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
324 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
325 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
327 else
328 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
329 end if;
331 else
332 if Kind = N_Op_And then
333 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_And);
335 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
336 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Or);
338 elsif Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
339 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nxor);
340 Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
342 else
343 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
344 end if;
345 end if;
347 Call_Node :=
348 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
349 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
350 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
351 Target,
352 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
353 Prefix => Arg1,
354 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
355 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
356 Prefix => Arg2,
357 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
358 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
359 Prefix => Op1,
360 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
361 end if;
363 Rewrite (N, Call_Node);
364 Analyze (N);
366 exception
367 when RE_Not_Available =>
368 return;
369 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call;
371 --------------------------------
372 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
373 --------------------------------
375 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id) is
376 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
377 Orig_Node : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (N);
378 Dtyp : Entity_Id;
379 Etyp : Entity_Id;
380 PtrT : Entity_Id;
382 begin
383 -- Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
384 -- interfaces directly.
386 if VM_Target /= No_VM then
387 return;
388 end if;
390 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
391 and then Nkind (Orig_Node) = N_Allocator);
393 PtrT := Etype (Orig_Node);
394 Dtyp := Designated_Type (PtrT);
395 Etyp := Etype (Expression (Orig_Node));
397 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp)
398 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
399 then
400 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
401 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
402 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
404 if not Is_Interface (Etyp) then
405 declare
406 Saved_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Orig_Node);
408 begin
409 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
411 Rewrite (N,
412 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
413 Relocate_Node (N)));
414 Set_Etype (N, Etyp);
415 Set_Analyzed (N);
417 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
418 -- the secondary dispatch table.
420 Rewrite (N, Convert_To (Dtyp, Relocate_Node (N)));
421 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Dtyp);
423 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
424 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
426 Rewrite (N,
427 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
428 Prefix => Relocate_Node (N),
429 Attribute_Name => Name_Access));
430 Set_Etype (N, Saved_Typ);
431 Set_Analyzed (N);
432 end;
434 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
435 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
436 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
437 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
438 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
439 -- following example:
441 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
442 -- begin
443 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
444 -- end Op;
446 else
447 Rewrite (N,
448 Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
449 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
450 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Displace), Loc),
451 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
452 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Address),
453 Relocate_Node (N)),
455 New_Occurrence_Of
456 (Elists.Node
457 (First_Elmt
458 (Access_Disp_Table (Etype (Base_Type (Dtyp))))),
459 Loc)))));
460 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
461 end if;
462 end if;
463 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer;
465 ---------------------------------
466 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
467 ---------------------------------
469 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
470 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
471 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (Expression (N));
472 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
473 DesigT : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
475 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
476 (Ref : Node_Id;
477 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False);
478 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
479 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
480 -- type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
481 -- type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
482 -- always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
483 -- unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
484 -- if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
485 -- than the access type.
487 -- Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
488 -- as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
489 -- allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
490 -- general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
491 -- same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
492 -- never fail, so it need not be generated.
494 -- As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
495 -- associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
496 -- sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
497 -- allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
498 -- class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
499 -- static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
500 -- accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
501 -- case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
502 -- be fixed by the ARG. ???
504 -------------------------------
505 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
506 -------------------------------
508 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
509 (Ref : Node_Id;
510 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False)
512 Ref_Node : Node_Id;
514 begin
515 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
516 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
518 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
519 and then VM_Target = No_VM
520 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type (DesigT)
521 and then not Scope_Suppress (Accessibility_Check)
522 and then
523 (Type_Access_Level (Etype (Exp)) > Type_Access_Level (PtrT)
524 or else
525 (Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
526 and then Scope (PtrT) /= Current_Scope))
527 then
528 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
529 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
530 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
531 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
532 -- address of the allocated object.
534 if Built_In_Place then
535 Ref_Node := New_Copy (Ref);
536 else
537 Ref_Node := New_Reference_To (Ref, Loc);
538 end if;
540 Insert_Action (N,
541 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
542 Condition =>
543 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
544 Left_Opnd =>
545 Build_Get_Access_Level (Loc,
546 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
547 Prefix => Ref_Node,
548 Attribute_Name => Name_Tag)),
549 Right_Opnd =>
550 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
551 Type_Access_Level (PtrT))),
552 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
553 end if;
554 end Apply_Accessibility_Check;
556 -- Local variables
558 Indic : constant Node_Id := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
559 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Indic);
560 Flist : Node_Id;
561 Node : Node_Id;
562 Temp : Entity_Id;
564 TagT : Entity_Id := Empty;
565 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
567 TagR : Node_Id := Empty;
568 -- Target reference for tag assignment
570 Aggr_In_Place : constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate (Exp);
572 Tag_Assign : Node_Id;
573 Tmp_Node : Node_Id;
575 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
577 begin
578 if Is_Tagged_Type (T) or else Controlled_Type (T) then
580 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
581 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
582 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
583 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
584 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
585 -- as build-in-place.
587 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
588 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
589 then
590 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
591 Apply_Accessibility_Check (N, Built_In_Place => True);
592 return;
593 end if;
595 -- Actions inserted before:
596 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
597 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
598 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
599 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
601 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
602 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
604 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
605 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
606 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
607 -- substituted for the allocator.
609 if not Aggr_In_Place then
610 Remove_Side_Effects (Exp);
611 end if;
613 Temp :=
614 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
616 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
618 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
619 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
620 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
622 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
623 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr (Empty, T, Indic, Exp);
625 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
626 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
627 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
629 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
630 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
632 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
633 and then Is_Interface (Etype (Exp))
634 and then VM_Target = No_VM
635 then
636 Set_Expression
637 (Expression (N),
638 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic),
639 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
640 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag_Ptr),
641 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
642 Prefix => Exp,
643 Attribute_Name => Name_Address)))));
645 else
646 Set_Expression
647 (Expression (N),
648 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic), Exp));
649 end if;
651 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), Entity (Indic));
652 end if;
654 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
656 if not Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
657 if Aggr_In_Place then
658 Tmp_Node :=
659 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
660 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
661 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
662 Expression =>
663 Make_Allocator (Loc,
664 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
666 Set_Comes_From_Source
667 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
669 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
670 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
672 if Controlled_Type (T)
673 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
674 then
675 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
677 Flist := Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
678 end if;
680 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
681 else
682 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
683 Set_Analyzed (Node);
684 Insert_Action (N,
685 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
686 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
687 Constant_Present => True,
688 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
689 Expression => Node));
690 end if;
692 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
693 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
694 -- expression to allocate the object.
696 else
697 declare
698 Def_Id : constant Entity_Id :=
699 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
700 New_Internal_Name ('T'));
701 New_Decl : Node_Id;
703 begin
704 New_Decl :=
705 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
706 Defining_Identifier => Def_Id,
707 Type_Definition =>
708 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
709 All_Present => True,
710 Null_Exclusion_Present => False,
711 Constant_Present => False,
712 Subtype_Indication =>
713 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
715 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
717 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
718 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
720 if Controlled_Type (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
721 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (Def_Id,
722 Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT));
723 end if;
725 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
727 if Aggr_In_Place then
728 Tmp_Node :=
729 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
730 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
731 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
732 Expression =>
733 Make_Allocator (Loc,
734 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
736 Set_Comes_From_Source
737 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
739 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
740 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
742 if Controlled_Type (T)
743 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
744 then
745 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
747 Flist :=
748 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
749 end if;
751 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
752 else
753 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
754 Set_Analyzed (Node);
755 Insert_Action (N,
756 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
757 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
758 Constant_Present => True,
759 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
760 Expression => Node));
761 end if;
763 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
764 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
765 -- is the correct type required for the common processing that
766 -- is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
767 -- this pointer to reference the component associated with the
768 -- interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
770 New_Decl :=
771 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
772 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
773 New_Internal_Name ('P')),
774 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
775 Expression => Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
776 New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
778 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
780 Tmp_Node := New_Decl;
781 Temp := Defining_Identifier (New_Decl);
782 end;
783 end if;
785 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
787 -- Generate the tag assignment
789 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
790 -- represented implicitly in objects.
792 if VM_Target /= No_VM then
793 null;
795 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
796 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
798 elsif Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))) then
799 pragma Assert (Is_Class_Wide_Type
800 (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))));
801 null;
803 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (T) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
804 TagT := T;
805 TagR := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
807 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
808 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Underlying_Type (T))
809 then
810 TagT := Underlying_Type (T);
811 TagR :=
812 Unchecked_Convert_To (Underlying_Type (T),
813 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
814 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
815 end if;
817 if Present (TagT) then
818 Tag_Assign :=
819 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
820 Name =>
821 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
822 Prefix => TagR,
823 Selector_Name =>
824 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (TagT), Loc)),
826 Expression =>
827 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag),
828 New_Reference_To
829 (Elists.Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (TagT))),
830 Loc)));
832 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
834 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (Tag_Assign));
835 Insert_Action (N, Tag_Assign);
836 end if;
838 if Controlled_Type (DesigT)
839 and then Controlled_Type (T)
840 then
841 declare
842 Attach : Node_Id;
843 Apool : constant Entity_Id :=
844 Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT);
846 begin
847 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack (i.e. a value
848 -- returned from a function), the object is attached on the
849 -- caller side as soon as the call is completed (see
850 -- Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
852 if Is_RTE (Apool, RE_SS_Pool) then
853 declare
854 F : constant Entity_Id :=
855 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
856 New_Internal_Name ('F'));
857 begin
858 Insert_Action (N,
859 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
860 Defining_Identifier => F,
861 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (RTE
862 (RE_Finalizable_Ptr), Loc)));
864 Flist := New_Reference_To (F, Loc);
865 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
866 end;
868 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
870 else
871 if Controlled_Type (T)
872 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
873 then
874 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
876 Flist :=
877 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
878 else
879 Flist := Find_Final_List (PtrT);
880 end if;
882 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2);
883 end if;
885 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
886 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
887 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
888 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
889 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
890 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
891 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
892 -- want to Adjust.
894 if not Aggr_In_Place
895 and then not Is_Inherently_Limited_Type (T)
896 then
897 Insert_Actions (N,
898 Make_Adjust_Call (
899 Ref =>
901 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
902 -- case because the designated type can be an ancestor of
903 -- the subtype mark of the allocator.
905 Unchecked_Convert_To (T,
906 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
907 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc))),
909 Typ => T,
910 Flist_Ref => Flist,
911 With_Attach => Attach,
912 Allocator => True));
913 end if;
914 end;
915 end if;
917 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
918 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
920 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
921 -- component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
922 -- type.
924 if Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
925 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
926 end if;
928 elsif Aggr_In_Place then
929 Temp :=
930 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
931 Tmp_Node :=
932 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
933 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
934 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
935 Expression => Make_Allocator (Loc,
936 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
938 Set_Comes_From_Source
939 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
941 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
942 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
943 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
944 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
945 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
947 elsif Is_Access_Type (DesigT)
948 and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Allocator
949 and then Nkind (Expression (Exp)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
950 then
951 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
953 Apply_Constraint_Check (Expression (Exp),
954 Designated_Type (DesigT),
955 No_Sliding => True);
957 if Nkind (Expression (Exp)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error then
959 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
961 Rewrite (Exp, New_Copy (Expression (Exp)));
962 end if;
963 else
964 -- First check against the type of the qualified expression
966 -- NOTE: The commented call should be correct, but for some reason
967 -- causes the compiler to bomb (sigsegv) on ACVC test c34007g, so for
968 -- now we just perform the old (incorrect) test against the
969 -- designated subtype with no sliding in the else part of the if
970 -- statement below. ???
972 -- Apply_Constraint_Check (Exp, T, No_Sliding => True);
974 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
975 -- constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
976 -- expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
977 -- not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
979 if Is_Constrained (DesigT)
980 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match
981 (T, DesigT)
982 then
983 Apply_Constraint_Check
984 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => False);
986 -- The nonsliding check should really be performed (unconditionally)
987 -- against the subtype of the qualified expression, but that causes a
988 -- problem with c34007g (see above), so for now we retain this.
990 else
991 Apply_Constraint_Check
992 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => True);
993 end if;
995 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
996 -- expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
997 -- proper size for the allocator.
999 if Is_Array_Type (T)
1000 and then not Is_Constrained (T)
1001 and then Is_Packed (T)
1002 then
1003 declare
1004 ConstrT : constant Entity_Id :=
1005 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1006 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1007 Internal_Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Exp);
1008 begin
1009 Insert_Action (Exp,
1010 Make_Subtype_Declaration (Loc,
1011 Defining_Identifier => ConstrT,
1012 Subtype_Indication =>
1013 Make_Subtype_From_Expr (Exp, T)));
1014 Freeze_Itype (ConstrT, Exp);
1015 Rewrite (Exp, OK_Convert_To (ConstrT, Internal_Exp));
1016 end;
1017 end if;
1019 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1020 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1021 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1022 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1023 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1024 -- as build-in-place.
1026 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
1027 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
1028 then
1029 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
1030 end if;
1031 end if;
1033 exception
1034 when RE_Not_Available =>
1035 return;
1036 end Expand_Allocator_Expression;
1038 -----------------------------
1039 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1040 -----------------------------
1042 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1043 -- case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1044 -- also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1045 -- form of the expansion is:
1047 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1049 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1050 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1052 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
1053 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1054 Op1 : Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
1055 Op2 : Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
1056 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
1057 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Component_Type (Typ1);
1059 Expr : Node_Id;
1060 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1061 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1063 Comp : RE_Id;
1065 Byte_Addressable : constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit = Byte'Size;
1066 -- True for byte addressable target
1068 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean;
1069 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1070 -- than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1071 -- or is not known at compile time.
1073 ------------------------
1074 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1075 ------------------------
1077 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean is
1078 Otyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Opnd);
1080 begin
1081 if Ekind (Otyp) = E_String_Literal_Subtype then
1082 return String_Literal_Length (Otyp) < 4;
1084 else
1085 declare
1086 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Otyp));
1087 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Ityp);
1088 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Ityp);
1089 Lov : Uint;
1090 Hiv : Uint;
1092 begin
1093 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo) then
1094 Lov := Expr_Value (Lo);
1095 else
1096 return False;
1097 end if;
1099 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi) then
1100 Hiv := Expr_Value (Hi);
1101 else
1102 return False;
1103 end if;
1105 return Hiv < Lov + 3;
1106 end;
1107 end if;
1108 end Length_Less_Than_4;
1110 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1112 begin
1113 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1114 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1115 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1116 -- addressing of array components.
1118 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ1)
1119 and then Byte_Addressable
1120 and then VM_Target = No_VM
1121 then
1122 -- The call we generate is:
1124 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1125 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1127 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1128 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1129 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1130 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1132 if Component_Size (Typ1) = 8 then
1133 if Length_Less_Than_4 (Op1)
1134 or else
1135 Length_Less_Than_4 (Op2)
1136 then
1137 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1138 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned;
1139 else
1140 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned;
1141 end if;
1143 else
1144 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1145 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8;
1146 else
1147 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8;
1148 end if;
1149 end if;
1151 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 16 then
1152 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1153 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U16;
1154 else
1155 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S16;
1156 end if;
1158 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 32 then
1159 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1160 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U32;
1161 else
1162 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S32;
1163 end if;
1165 else pragma Assert (Component_Size (Typ1) = 64);
1166 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1167 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U64;
1168 else
1169 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S64;
1170 end if;
1171 end if;
1173 Remove_Side_Effects (Op1, Name_Req => True);
1174 Remove_Side_Effects (Op2, Name_Req => True);
1176 Rewrite (Op1,
1177 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Op1),
1178 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (Comp), Loc),
1180 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
1181 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1182 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1183 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1185 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1186 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1187 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1189 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1190 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1191 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
1193 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1194 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1195 Attribute_Name => Name_Length))));
1197 Rewrite (Op2,
1198 Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (Op2),
1199 Intval => Uint_0));
1201 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op1, Standard_Integer);
1202 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op2, Standard_Integer);
1203 return;
1204 end if;
1206 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1208 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1210 if Chars (N) = Name_Op_Le then
1211 Rewrite (N,
1212 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1213 Right_Opnd =>
1214 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
1215 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1216 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1217 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1218 return;
1220 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1221 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1223 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Lt then
1224 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1226 -- Switch operands
1228 Op1 := Right_Opnd (N);
1229 Op2 := Left_Opnd (N);
1231 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1233 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Ge then
1234 Rewrite (N,
1235 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1236 Right_Opnd =>
1237 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
1238 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1239 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1240 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1241 return;
1243 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1244 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1246 else
1247 pragma Assert (Chars (N) = Name_Op_Gt);
1248 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1249 end if;
1251 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1252 Expr :=
1253 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1254 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1255 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Op1, Op2));
1257 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1258 Rewrite (N, Expr);
1259 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1261 exception
1262 when RE_Not_Available =>
1263 return;
1264 end Expand_Array_Comparison;
1266 ---------------------------
1267 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1268 ---------------------------
1270 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1271 -- example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1273 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1274 -- begin
1275 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1276 -- and then
1277 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1278 -- then
1279 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1280 -- end if;
1282 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1283 -- or else
1284 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1285 -- then
1286 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1287 -- end if;
1289 -- declare
1290 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1291 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1292 -- begin
1293 -- loop
1294 -- declare
1295 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1296 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1297 -- begin
1298 -- loop
1299 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1300 -- return False;
1301 -- end if;
1303 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1304 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1305 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1306 -- end loop;
1307 -- end;
1309 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1310 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1311 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1312 -- end loop;
1313 -- end;
1315 -- return true;
1316 -- end Enn;
1318 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1319 -- is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1320 -- conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1321 -- on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1322 -- escaped discriminant in the function.
1324 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1325 -- a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1326 -- the first array.
1328 function Expand_Array_Equality
1329 (Nod : Node_Id;
1330 Lhs : Node_Id;
1331 Rhs : Node_Id;
1332 Bodies : List_Id;
1333 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id
1335 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1336 Decls : constant List_Id := New_List;
1337 Index_List1 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1338 Index_List2 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1340 Actuals : List_Id;
1341 Formals : List_Id;
1342 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1343 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1345 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
1346 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
1348 Ltyp : Entity_Id;
1349 Rtyp : Entity_Id;
1350 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1352 function Arr_Attr
1353 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1354 Nam : Name_Id;
1355 Num : Int) return Node_Id;
1356 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1358 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
1359 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1360 -- by a full set of indices.
1362 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id;
1363 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1364 -- for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1366 function Handle_One_Dimension
1367 (N : Int;
1368 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
1369 -- This procedure returns the following code
1371 -- declare
1372 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1373 -- begin
1374 -- loop
1375 -- xxx
1376 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1377 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1378 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1379 -- end loop;
1380 -- end;
1382 -- If both indices are constrained and identical, the procedure
1383 -- returns a simpler loop:
1385 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1386 -- xxx
1387 -- end loop
1389 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1390 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1391 -- xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1392 -- or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1393 -- components of the arrays.
1395 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1396 -- corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1398 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id;
1399 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1400 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1401 -- and then
1402 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1404 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id;
1405 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1406 -- in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1408 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1409 -- or else
1410 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1411 -- or else
1412 -- ...
1414 --------------
1415 -- Arr_Attr --
1416 --------------
1418 function Arr_Attr
1419 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1420 Nam : Name_Id;
1421 Num : Int) return Node_Id
1423 begin
1424 return
1425 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1426 Attribute_Name => Nam,
1427 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc),
1428 Expressions => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Num)));
1429 end Arr_Attr;
1431 ------------------------
1432 -- Component_Equality --
1433 ------------------------
1435 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
1436 Test : Node_Id;
1437 L, R : Node_Id;
1439 begin
1440 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1442 L :=
1443 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1444 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
1445 Expressions => Index_List1);
1447 R :=
1448 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1449 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)),
1450 Expressions => Index_List2);
1452 Test := Expand_Composite_Equality
1453 (Nod, Component_Type (Typ), L, R, Decls);
1455 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1456 -- will raise program error.
1458 if Nkind (Test) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
1460 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1461 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1462 -- it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1464 Set_Etype (Test, Empty);
1465 return Test;
1467 else
1468 return
1469 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1470 Condition => Make_Op_Not (Loc, Right_Opnd => Test),
1471 Then_Statements => New_List (
1472 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1473 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
1474 end if;
1475 end Component_Equality;
1477 ------------------
1478 -- Get_Arg_Type --
1479 ------------------
1481 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id is
1482 T : Entity_Id;
1483 X : Node_Id;
1485 begin
1486 T := Etype (N);
1488 if No (T) then
1489 return Typ;
1491 else
1492 T := Underlying_Type (T);
1494 X := First_Index (T);
1495 while Present (X) loop
1496 if Denotes_Discriminant (Type_Low_Bound (Etype (X)))
1497 or else
1498 Denotes_Discriminant (Type_High_Bound (Etype (X)))
1499 then
1500 T := Base_Type (T);
1501 exit;
1502 end if;
1504 Next_Index (X);
1505 end loop;
1507 return T;
1508 end if;
1509 end Get_Arg_Type;
1511 --------------------------
1512 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1513 ---------------------------
1515 function Handle_One_Dimension
1516 (N : Int;
1517 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id
1519 Need_Separate_Indexes : constant Boolean :=
1520 Ltyp /= Rtyp
1521 or else not Is_Constrained (Ltyp);
1522 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1523 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1524 -- of the arrays.
1526 An : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1527 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1529 Bn : Entity_Id;
1530 Index_T : Entity_Id;
1531 Stm_List : List_Id;
1532 Loop_Stm : Node_Id;
1534 begin
1535 if N > Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) then
1536 return Component_Equality (Ltyp);
1537 end if;
1539 -- Case where we generate a loop
1541 Index_T := Base_Type (Etype (Index));
1543 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1544 Bn :=
1545 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1546 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('B'));
1547 else
1548 Bn := An;
1549 end if;
1551 Append (New_Reference_To (An, Loc), Index_List1);
1552 Append (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc), Index_List2);
1554 Stm_List := New_List (
1555 Handle_One_Dimension (N + 1, Next_Index (Index)));
1557 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1559 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indices
1561 Append_To (Stm_List,
1562 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
1563 Condition =>
1564 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1565 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1566 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Last, N))));
1568 Append_To (Stm_List,
1569 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1570 Name => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1571 Expression =>
1572 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1573 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1574 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1575 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (An, Loc)))));
1577 Append_To (Stm_List,
1578 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1579 Name => New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc),
1580 Expression =>
1581 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1582 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1583 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1584 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc)))));
1585 end if;
1587 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1588 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1590 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1591 Loop_Stm :=
1592 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod, Statements => Stm_List);
1594 return
1595 Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
1596 Declarations => New_List (
1597 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1598 Defining_Identifier => An,
1599 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1600 Expression => Arr_Attr (A, Name_First, N)),
1602 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1603 Defining_Identifier => Bn,
1604 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1605 Expression => Arr_Attr (B, Name_First, N))),
1607 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1608 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1609 Statements => New_List (Loop_Stm)));
1611 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1612 -- iteration scheme on its own
1614 else
1615 Loop_Stm :=
1616 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
1617 Statements => Stm_List,
1618 Iteration_Scheme =>
1619 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
1620 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
1621 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1622 Defining_Identifier => An,
1623 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
1624 Arr_Attr (A, Name_Range, N))));
1625 return Loop_Stm;
1626 end if;
1627 end Handle_One_Dimension;
1629 -----------------------
1630 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1631 -----------------------
1633 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id is
1634 Alist : Node_Id;
1635 Blist : Node_Id;
1637 Atest : Node_Id;
1638 Btest : Node_Id;
1640 begin
1641 Alist := Empty;
1642 Blist := Empty;
1643 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1644 Atest :=
1645 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1646 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1647 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1649 Btest :=
1650 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1651 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J),
1652 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1654 if No (Alist) then
1655 Alist := Atest;
1656 Blist := Btest;
1658 else
1659 Alist :=
1660 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1661 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Alist),
1662 Right_Opnd => Atest);
1664 Blist :=
1665 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1666 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Blist),
1667 Right_Opnd => Btest);
1668 end if;
1669 end loop;
1671 return
1672 Make_And_Then (Loc,
1673 Left_Opnd => Alist,
1674 Right_Opnd => Blist);
1675 end Test_Empty_Arrays;
1677 -----------------------------
1678 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1679 -----------------------------
1681 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id is
1682 Result : Node_Id;
1683 Rtest : Node_Id;
1685 begin
1686 Result := Empty;
1687 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1688 Rtest :=
1689 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
1690 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1691 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J));
1693 if No (Result) then
1694 Result := Rtest;
1695 else
1696 Result :=
1697 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1698 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Result),
1699 Right_Opnd => Rtest);
1700 end if;
1701 end loop;
1703 return Result;
1704 end Test_Lengths_Correspond;
1706 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1708 begin
1709 Ltyp := Get_Arg_Type (Lhs);
1710 Rtyp := Get_Arg_Type (Rhs);
1712 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
1713 -- since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
1714 -- fixable in future ???
1716 if Ltyp /= Rtyp then
1717 Ltyp := Base_Type (Ltyp);
1718 Rtyp := Base_Type (Rtyp);
1719 pragma Assert (Ltyp = Rtyp);
1720 end if;
1722 -- Build list of formals for function
1724 Formals := New_List (
1725 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1726 Defining_Identifier => A,
1727 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Ltyp, Loc)),
1729 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1730 Defining_Identifier => B,
1731 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Rtyp, Loc)));
1733 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
1735 -- Build statement sequence for function
1737 Func_Body :=
1738 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
1739 Specification =>
1740 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
1741 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
1742 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
1743 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
1745 Declarations => Decls,
1747 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1748 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1749 Statements => New_List (
1751 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1752 Condition => Test_Empty_Arrays,
1753 Then_Statements => New_List (
1754 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1755 Expression =>
1756 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))),
1758 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1759 Condition => Test_Lengths_Correspond,
1760 Then_Statements => New_List (
1761 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1762 Expression =>
1763 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)))),
1765 Handle_One_Dimension (1, First_Index (Ltyp)),
1767 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1768 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))));
1770 Set_Has_Completion (Func_Name, True);
1771 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
1773 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
1774 -- is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
1775 -- to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1777 declare
1778 L, R : Node_Id;
1780 begin
1781 L := Lhs;
1782 R := Rhs;
1784 if No (Etype (Lhs))
1785 or else Base_Type (Etype (Lhs)) /= Base_Type (Ltyp)
1786 then
1787 L := OK_Convert_To (Ltyp, Lhs);
1788 end if;
1790 if No (Etype (Rhs))
1791 or else Base_Type (Etype (Rhs)) /= Base_Type (Rtyp)
1792 then
1793 R := OK_Convert_To (Rtyp, Rhs);
1794 end if;
1796 Actuals := New_List (L, R);
1797 end;
1799 Append_To (Bodies, Func_Body);
1801 return
1802 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1803 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1804 Parameter_Associations => Actuals);
1805 end Expand_Array_Equality;
1807 -----------------------------
1808 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1809 -----------------------------
1811 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
1812 -- always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1814 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
1815 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
1817 begin
1818 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
1819 -- properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
1820 -- to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1822 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
1823 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Left_Opnd (N))
1824 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
1825 then
1826 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator (N);
1827 return;
1828 end if;
1830 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1831 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1832 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1833 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1834 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1836 declare
1837 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1838 L : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
1839 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
1840 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1841 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1843 begin
1844 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (L);
1845 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (R);
1846 Ensure_Defined (Etype (L), N);
1847 Ensure_Defined (Etype (R), N);
1848 Apply_Length_Check (R, Etype (L));
1850 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_Xor then
1851 Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test (N, Etype (L));
1852 end if;
1854 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1855 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), L, R)
1856 then
1857 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), L, R);
1859 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Not
1860 and then Nkind (N) = N_Op_And
1861 and then
1862 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (Parent (N))), L, R)
1863 then
1864 return;
1865 else
1867 Func_Body := Make_Boolean_Array_Op (Etype (L), N);
1868 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1869 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1871 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1873 Rewrite (N,
1874 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1875 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1876 Parameter_Associations =>
1877 New_List (
1879 Make_Type_Conversion
1880 (Loc, New_Reference_To (Etype (L), Loc), R))));
1882 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
1883 end if;
1884 end;
1885 end Expand_Boolean_Operator;
1887 -------------------------------
1888 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1889 -------------------------------
1891 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1892 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1893 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1895 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1896 (Nod : Node_Id;
1897 Typ : Entity_Id;
1898 Lhs : Node_Id;
1899 Rhs : Node_Id;
1900 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
1902 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1903 Full_Type : Entity_Id;
1904 Prim : Elmt_Id;
1905 Eq_Op : Entity_Id;
1907 begin
1908 if Is_Private_Type (Typ) then
1909 Full_Type := Underlying_Type (Typ);
1910 else
1911 Full_Type := Typ;
1912 end if;
1914 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
1915 -- will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1917 if No (Full_Type) then
1918 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
1919 end if;
1921 Full_Type := Base_Type (Full_Type);
1923 if Is_Array_Type (Full_Type) then
1925 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1926 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1927 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1928 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
1930 if Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1931 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1932 then
1933 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
1935 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
1936 -- expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
1937 -- the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
1938 -- need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
1939 -- composite type recursively containing such fields.
1941 else
1942 return Expand_Array_Equality (Nod, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies, Full_Type);
1943 end if;
1945 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Full_Type) then
1947 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
1949 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Full_Type) then
1950 Full_Type := Root_Type (Full_Type);
1951 end if;
1953 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
1954 -- tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
1955 -- operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
1956 -- necessary when these types receive their full views ???
1958 if Is_Private_Type (Typ)
1959 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
1960 and then not Is_Controlled (Typ)
1961 and then Is_Derived_Type (Typ)
1962 and then No (Full_View (Typ))
1963 then
1964 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
1965 else
1966 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Full_Type));
1967 end if;
1969 loop
1970 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
1971 exit when Chars (Eq_Op) = Name_Op_Eq
1972 and then Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) =
1973 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Eq_Op)))
1974 and then Base_Type (Etype (Eq_Op)) = Standard_Boolean;
1975 Next_Elmt (Prim);
1976 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
1977 end loop;
1979 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
1981 return
1982 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1983 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
1984 Parameter_Associations =>
1985 New_List
1986 (Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Lhs),
1987 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Rhs)));
1989 elsif Is_Record_Type (Full_Type) then
1990 Eq_Op := TSS (Full_Type, TSS_Composite_Equality);
1992 if Present (Eq_Op) then
1993 if Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) /= Full_Type then
1995 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
1996 -- match signature of operation.
1998 declare
1999 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op));
2001 begin
2002 return
2003 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2004 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2005 Parameter_Associations =>
2006 New_List (OK_Convert_To (T, Lhs),
2007 OK_Convert_To (T, Rhs)));
2008 end;
2010 else
2011 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2013 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Full_Type) then
2014 declare
2015 Lhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2016 Rhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2017 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2018 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2020 begin
2021 -- Lhs subtype
2023 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2024 Lhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)));
2025 end if;
2027 -- Rhs subtype
2029 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2030 Rhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)));
2031 end if;
2033 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2035 if Is_Constrained (Lhs_Type) then
2037 -- Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2038 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2039 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2040 -- discriminant(s).
2042 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
2043 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2044 Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
2045 then
2046 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2047 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2048 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
2049 Selector_Name =>
2050 New_Copy (
2051 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2052 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2053 Lhs_Type,
2054 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
2056 else
2057 Lhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2058 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2059 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2060 Lhs_Type,
2061 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
2063 end if;
2064 else
2065 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2066 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2068 return
2069 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2070 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2071 end if;
2073 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2075 if Is_Constrained (Rhs_Type) then
2076 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
2077 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2078 Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
2079 then
2080 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2081 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2082 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
2083 Selector_Name =>
2084 New_Copy (
2085 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2086 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2087 Rhs_Type,
2088 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
2090 else
2091 Rhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2092 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2093 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2094 Rhs_Type,
2095 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
2097 end if;
2098 else
2099 return
2100 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2101 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2102 end if;
2104 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2105 -- discriminant values.
2107 return
2108 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2109 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2110 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2111 Lhs,
2112 Rhs,
2113 Lhs_Discr_Val,
2114 Rhs_Discr_Val));
2115 end;
2116 end if;
2118 -- Shouldn't this be an else, we can't fall through the above
2119 -- IF, right???
2121 return
2122 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2123 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2124 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2125 end if;
2127 else
2128 return Expand_Record_Equality (Nod, Full_Type, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies);
2129 end if;
2131 else
2132 -- It can be a simple record or the full view of a scalar private
2134 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2135 end if;
2136 end Expand_Composite_Equality;
2138 ------------------------------
2139 -- Expand_Concatenate_Other --
2140 ------------------------------
2142 -- Let n be the number of array operands to be concatenated, Base_Typ their
2143 -- base type, Ind_Typ their index type, and Arr_Typ the original array type
2144 -- to which the concatenation operator applies, then the following
2145 -- subprogram is constructed:
2147 -- [function Cnn (S1 : Base_Typ; ...; Sn : Base_Typ) return Base_Typ is
2148 -- L : Ind_Typ;
2149 -- begin
2150 -- if S1'Length /= 0 then
2151 -- L := XXX; --> XXX = S1'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2152 -- XXX = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2153 -- elsif S2'Length /= 0 then
2154 -- L := YYY; --> YYY = S2'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2155 -- YYY = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2156 -- ...
2157 -- elsif Sn-1'Length /= 0 then
2158 -- L := ZZZ; --> ZZZ = Sn-1'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2159 -- ZZZ = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2160 -- else
2161 -- return Sn;
2162 -- end if;
2164 -- declare
2165 -- P : Ind_Typ;
2166 -- H : Ind_Typ :=
2167 -- Ind_Typ'Val ((((S1'Length - 1) + S2'Length) + ... + Sn'Length)
2168 -- + Ind_Typ'Pos (L));
2169 -- R : Base_Typ (L .. H);
2170 -- begin
2171 -- if S1'Length /= 0 then
2172 -- P := S1'First;
2173 -- loop
2174 -- R (L) := S1 (P);
2175 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2176 -- exit when P = S1'Last;
2177 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2178 -- end loop;
2179 -- end if;
2181 -- if S2'Length /= 0 then
2182 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2183 -- loop
2184 -- R (L) := S2 (P);
2185 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2186 -- exit when P = S2'Last;
2187 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2188 -- end loop;
2189 -- end if;
2191 -- ...
2193 -- if Sn'Length /= 0 then
2194 -- P := Sn'First;
2195 -- loop
2196 -- R (L) := Sn (P);
2197 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2198 -- exit when P = Sn'Last;
2199 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2200 -- end loop;
2201 -- end if;
2203 -- return R;
2204 -- end;
2205 -- end Cnn;]
2207 procedure Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2208 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2209 Nb_Opnds : constant Nat := List_Length (Opnds);
2211 Arr_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Entity (Cnode));
2212 Base_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
2213 Ind_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Base_Typ));
2215 Func_Id : Node_Id;
2216 Func_Spec : Node_Id;
2217 Param_Specs : List_Id;
2219 Func_Body : Node_Id;
2220 Func_Decls : List_Id;
2221 Func_Stmts : List_Id;
2223 L_Decl : Node_Id;
2225 If_Stmt : Node_Id;
2226 Elsif_List : List_Id;
2228 Declare_Block : Node_Id;
2229 Declare_Decls : List_Id;
2230 Declare_Stmts : List_Id;
2232 H_Decl : Node_Id;
2233 I_Decl : Node_Id;
2234 H_Init : Node_Id;
2235 P_Decl : Node_Id;
2236 R_Decl : Node_Id;
2237 R_Constr : Node_Id;
2238 R_Range : Node_Id;
2240 Params : List_Id;
2241 Operand : Node_Id;
2243 function Copy_Into_R_S (I : Nat; Last : Boolean) return List_Id;
2244 -- Builds the sequence of statement:
2245 -- P := Si'First;
2246 -- loop
2247 -- R (L) := Si (P);
2248 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2249 -- exit when P = Si'Last;
2250 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2251 -- end loop;
2253 -- where i is the input parameter I given.
2254 -- If the flag Last is true, the exit statement is emitted before
2255 -- incrementing the lower bound, to prevent the creation out of
2256 -- bound values.
2258 function Init_L (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2259 -- Builds the statement:
2260 -- L := Arr_Typ'First; If Arr_Typ is constrained
2261 -- L := Si'First; otherwise (where I is the input param given)
2263 function H return Node_Id;
2264 -- Builds reference to identifier H
2266 function Ind_Val (E : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2267 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Val (E);
2269 function L return Node_Id;
2270 -- Builds reference to identifier L
2272 function L_Pos return Node_Id;
2273 -- Builds expression Integer_Type'(Ind_Typ'Pos (L)). We qualify the
2274 -- expression to avoid universal_integer computations whenever possible,
2275 -- in the expression for the upper bound H.
2277 function L_Succ return Node_Id;
2278 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Succ (L)
2280 function One return Node_Id;
2281 -- Builds integer literal one
2283 function P return Node_Id;
2284 -- Builds reference to identifier P
2286 function P_Succ return Node_Id;
2287 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Succ (P)
2289 function R return Node_Id;
2290 -- Builds reference to identifier R
2292 function S (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2293 -- Builds reference to identifier Si, where I is the value given
2295 function S_First (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2296 -- Builds expression Si'First, where I is the value given
2298 function S_Last (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2299 -- Builds expression Si'Last, where I is the value given
2301 function S_Length (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2302 -- Builds expression Si'Length, where I is the value given
2304 function S_Length_Test (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2305 -- Builds expression Si'Length /= 0, where I is the value given
2307 -------------------
2308 -- Copy_Into_R_S --
2309 -------------------
2311 function Copy_Into_R_S (I : Nat; Last : Boolean) return List_Id is
2312 Stmts : constant List_Id := New_List;
2313 P_Start : Node_Id;
2314 Loop_Stmt : Node_Id;
2315 R_Copy : Node_Id;
2316 Exit_Stmt : Node_Id;
2317 L_Inc : Node_Id;
2318 P_Inc : Node_Id;
2320 begin
2321 -- First construct the initializations
2323 P_Start := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2324 Name => P,
2325 Expression => S_First (I));
2326 Append_To (Stmts, P_Start);
2328 -- Then build the loop
2330 R_Copy := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2331 Name => Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2332 Prefix => R,
2333 Expressions => New_List (L)),
2334 Expression => Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2335 Prefix => S (I),
2336 Expressions => New_List (P)));
2338 L_Inc := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2339 Name => L,
2340 Expression => L_Succ);
2342 Exit_Stmt := Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
2343 Condition => Make_Op_Eq (Loc, P, S_Last (I)));
2345 P_Inc := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2346 Name => P,
2347 Expression => P_Succ);
2349 if Last then
2350 Loop_Stmt :=
2351 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Cnode,
2352 Statements => New_List (R_Copy, Exit_Stmt, L_Inc, P_Inc));
2353 else
2354 Loop_Stmt :=
2355 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Cnode,
2356 Statements => New_List (R_Copy, L_Inc, Exit_Stmt, P_Inc));
2357 end if;
2359 Append_To (Stmts, Loop_Stmt);
2361 return Stmts;
2362 end Copy_Into_R_S;
2364 -------
2365 -- H --
2366 -------
2368 function H return Node_Id is
2369 begin
2370 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uH);
2371 end H;
2373 -------------
2374 -- Ind_Val --
2375 -------------
2377 function Ind_Val (E : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2378 begin
2379 return
2380 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2381 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2382 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
2383 Expressions => New_List (E));
2384 end Ind_Val;
2386 ------------
2387 -- Init_L --
2388 ------------
2390 function Init_L (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2391 E : Node_Id;
2393 begin
2394 if Is_Constrained (Arr_Typ) then
2395 E := Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2396 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr_Typ, Loc),
2397 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2399 else
2400 E := S_First (I);
2401 end if;
2403 return Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc, Name => L, Expression => E);
2404 end Init_L;
2406 -------
2407 -- L --
2408 -------
2410 function L return Node_Id is
2411 begin
2412 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uL);
2413 end L;
2415 -----------
2416 -- L_Pos --
2417 -----------
2419 function L_Pos return Node_Id is
2420 Target_Type : Entity_Id;
2422 begin
2423 -- If the index type is an enumeration type, the computation can be
2424 -- done in standard integer. Otherwise, choose a large enough integer
2425 -- type to accomodate the index type computation.
2427 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ind_Typ)
2428 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Integer
2429 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Short_Integer
2430 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Short_Short_Integer
2431 or else Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ind_Typ)
2432 then
2433 Target_Type := Standard_Integer;
2434 else
2435 Target_Type := Root_Type (Ind_Typ);
2436 end if;
2438 return
2439 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
2440 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Target_Type, Loc),
2441 Expression =>
2442 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2443 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2444 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
2445 Expressions => New_List (L)));
2446 end L_Pos;
2448 ------------
2449 -- L_Succ --
2450 ------------
2452 function L_Succ return Node_Id is
2453 begin
2454 return
2455 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2456 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2457 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
2458 Expressions => New_List (L));
2459 end L_Succ;
2461 ---------
2462 -- One --
2463 ---------
2465 function One return Node_Id is
2466 begin
2467 return Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
2468 end One;
2470 -------
2471 -- P --
2472 -------
2474 function P return Node_Id is
2475 begin
2476 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uP);
2477 end P;
2479 ------------
2480 -- P_Succ --
2481 ------------
2483 function P_Succ return Node_Id is
2484 begin
2485 return
2486 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2487 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2488 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
2489 Expressions => New_List (P));
2490 end P_Succ;
2492 -------
2493 -- R --
2494 -------
2496 function R return Node_Id is
2497 begin
2498 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uR);
2499 end R;
2501 -------
2502 -- S --
2503 -------
2505 function S (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2506 begin
2507 return Make_Identifier (Loc, New_External_Name ('S', I));
2508 end S;
2510 -------------
2511 -- S_First --
2512 -------------
2514 function S_First (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2515 begin
2516 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2517 Prefix => S (I),
2518 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2519 end S_First;
2521 ------------
2522 -- S_Last --
2523 ------------
2525 function S_Last (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2526 begin
2527 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2528 Prefix => S (I),
2529 Attribute_Name => Name_Last);
2530 end S_Last;
2532 --------------
2533 -- S_Length --
2534 --------------
2536 function S_Length (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2537 begin
2538 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2539 Prefix => S (I),
2540 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
2541 end S_Length;
2543 -------------------
2544 -- S_Length_Test --
2545 -------------------
2547 function S_Length_Test (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2548 begin
2549 return
2550 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
2551 Left_Opnd => S_Length (I),
2552 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
2553 end S_Length_Test;
2555 -- Start of processing for Expand_Concatenate_Other
2557 begin
2558 -- Construct the parameter specs and the overall function spec
2560 Param_Specs := New_List;
2561 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2562 Append_To
2563 (Param_Specs,
2564 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
2565 Defining_Identifier =>
2566 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_External_Name ('S', I)),
2567 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc)));
2568 end loop;
2570 Func_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
2571 Func_Spec :=
2572 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
2573 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Id,
2574 Parameter_Specifications => Param_Specs,
2575 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc));
2577 -- Construct L's object declaration
2579 L_Decl :=
2580 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2581 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uL),
2582 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc));
2584 Func_Decls := New_List (L_Decl);
2586 -- Construct the if-then-elsif statements
2588 Elsif_List := New_List;
2589 for I in 2 .. Nb_Opnds - 1 loop
2590 Append_To (Elsif_List, Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
2591 Condition => S_Length_Test (I),
2592 Then_Statements => New_List (Init_L (I))));
2593 end loop;
2595 If_Stmt :=
2596 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
2597 Condition => S_Length_Test (1),
2598 Then_Statements => New_List (Init_L (1)),
2599 Elsif_Parts => Elsif_List,
2600 Else_Statements => New_List (Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
2601 Expression => S (Nb_Opnds))));
2603 -- Construct the declaration for H
2605 P_Decl :=
2606 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2607 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uP),
2608 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc));
2610 H_Init := Make_Op_Subtract (Loc, S_Length (1), One);
2611 for I in 2 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2612 H_Init := Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, S_Length (I));
2613 end loop;
2615 -- If the index type is small modular type, we need to perform an
2616 -- additional check that the upper bound fits in the index type.
2617 -- Otherwise the computation of the upper bound can wrap around
2618 -- and yield meaningless results. The constraint check has to be
2619 -- explicit in the code, because the generated function is compiled
2620 -- with checks disabled, for efficiency.
2622 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ind_Typ)
2623 and then Esize (Ind_Typ) < Esize (Standard_Integer)
2624 then
2625 I_Decl :=
2626 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2627 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI),
2628 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
2629 Expression =>
2630 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2631 New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
2632 Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, L_Pos)));
2634 H_Init :=
2635 Ind_Val (
2636 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2637 New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2638 New_Reference_To (Defining_Identifier (I_Decl), Loc)));
2640 -- For other index types, computation is safe.
2642 else
2643 H_Init := Ind_Val (Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, L_Pos));
2644 end if;
2646 H_Decl :=
2647 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2648 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uH),
2649 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2650 Expression => H_Init);
2652 -- Construct the declaration for R
2654 R_Range := Make_Range (Loc, Low_Bound => L, High_Bound => H);
2655 R_Constr :=
2656 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
2657 Constraints => New_List (R_Range));
2659 R_Decl :=
2660 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2661 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uR),
2662 Object_Definition =>
2663 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
2664 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc),
2665 Constraint => R_Constr));
2667 -- Construct the declarations for the declare block
2669 Declare_Decls := New_List (P_Decl, H_Decl, R_Decl);
2671 -- Add constraint check for the modular index case.
2673 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ind_Typ)
2674 and then Esize (Ind_Typ) < Esize (Standard_Integer)
2675 then
2676 Insert_After (P_Decl, I_Decl);
2678 Insert_After (I_Decl,
2679 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
2680 Condition =>
2681 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
2682 Left_Opnd =>
2683 New_Reference_To (Defining_Identifier (I_Decl), Loc),
2684 Right_Opnd =>
2685 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2686 New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
2687 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2688 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2689 Attribute_Name => Name_Last))),
2690 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed));
2691 end if;
2693 -- Construct list of statements for the declare block
2695 Declare_Stmts := New_List;
2696 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2697 Append_To (Declare_Stmts,
2698 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
2699 Condition => S_Length_Test (I),
2700 Then_Statements => Copy_Into_R_S (I, I = Nb_Opnds)));
2701 end loop;
2703 Append_To
2704 (Declare_Stmts, Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc, Expression => R));
2706 -- Construct the declare block
2708 Declare_Block := Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
2709 Declarations => Declare_Decls,
2710 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
2711 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc, Declare_Stmts));
2713 -- Construct the list of function statements
2715 Func_Stmts := New_List (If_Stmt, Declare_Block);
2717 -- Construct the function body
2719 Func_Body :=
2720 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
2721 Specification => Func_Spec,
2722 Declarations => Func_Decls,
2723 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
2724 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc, Func_Stmts));
2726 -- Insert the newly generated function in the code. This is analyzed
2727 -- with all checks off, since we have completed all the checks.
2729 -- Note that this does *not* fix the array concatenation bug when the
2730 -- low bound is Integer'first sibce that bug comes from the pointer
2731 -- dereferencing an unconstrained array. And there we need a constraint
2732 -- check to make sure the length of the concatenated array is ok. ???
2734 Insert_Action (Cnode, Func_Body, Suppress => All_Checks);
2736 -- Construct list of arguments for the function call
2738 Params := New_List;
2739 Operand := First (Opnds);
2740 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2741 Append_To (Params, Relocate_Node (Operand));
2742 Next (Operand);
2743 end loop;
2745 -- Insert the function call
2747 Rewrite
2748 (Cnode,
2749 Make_Function_Call (Loc, New_Reference_To (Func_Id, Loc), Params));
2751 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Base_Typ);
2752 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Id);
2753 end Expand_Concatenate_Other;
2755 -------------------------------
2756 -- Expand_Concatenate_String --
2757 -------------------------------
2759 procedure Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2760 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2761 Opnd1 : constant Node_Id := First (Opnds);
2762 Opnd2 : constant Node_Id := Next (Opnd1);
2763 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Opnd1));
2764 Typ2 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Opnd2));
2766 R : RE_Id;
2767 -- RE_Id value for function to be called
2769 begin
2770 -- In all cases, we build a call to a routine giving the list of
2771 -- arguments as the parameter list to the routine.
2773 case List_Length (Opnds) is
2774 when 2 =>
2775 if Typ1 = Standard_Character then
2776 if Typ2 = Standard_Character then
2777 R := RE_Str_Concat_CC;
2779 else
2780 pragma Assert (Typ2 = Standard_String);
2781 R := RE_Str_Concat_CS;
2782 end if;
2784 elsif Typ1 = Standard_String then
2785 if Typ2 = Standard_Character then
2786 R := RE_Str_Concat_SC;
2788 else
2789 pragma Assert (Typ2 = Standard_String);
2790 R := RE_Str_Concat;
2791 end if;
2793 -- If we have anything other than Standard_Character or
2794 -- Standard_String, then we must have had a serious error
2795 -- earlier, so we just abandon the attempt at expansion.
2797 else
2798 pragma Assert (Serious_Errors_Detected > 0);
2799 return;
2800 end if;
2802 when 3 =>
2803 R := RE_Str_Concat_3;
2805 when 4 =>
2806 R := RE_Str_Concat_4;
2808 when 5 =>
2809 R := RE_Str_Concat_5;
2811 when others =>
2812 R := RE_Null;
2813 raise Program_Error;
2814 end case;
2816 -- Now generate the appropriate call
2818 Rewrite (Cnode,
2819 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Cnode),
2820 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (R), Loc),
2821 Parameter_Associations => Opnds));
2823 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Standard_String);
2825 exception
2826 when RE_Not_Available =>
2827 return;
2828 end Expand_Concatenate_String;
2830 ------------------------
2831 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
2832 ------------------------
2834 procedure Expand_N_Allocator (N : Node_Id) is
2835 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
2836 Dtyp : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
2837 Etyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Expression (N));
2838 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
2839 Desig : Entity_Id;
2840 Temp : Entity_Id;
2841 Nod : Node_Id;
2843 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
2844 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
2845 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
2847 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id);
2848 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
2849 -- constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
2850 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
2852 ---------------------------------------
2853 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
2854 ---------------------------------------
2856 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization is
2857 Coext : Node_Id;
2858 Coext_Elmt : Elmt_Id;
2859 Flist : Node_Id;
2860 Ref : Node_Id;
2862 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
2863 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
2865 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
2866 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
2867 -- acts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
2869 -------------------------------
2870 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
2871 -------------------------------
2873 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
2874 P : Node_Id;
2876 begin
2877 P := Parent (N);
2878 while Present (P) loop
2879 if Nkind_In
2880 (P, N_Extended_Return_Statement, N_Simple_Return_Statement)
2881 then
2882 return True;
2884 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
2886 elsif Nkind (P) = N_Subprogram_Body then
2887 return False;
2888 end if;
2890 P := Parent (P);
2891 end loop;
2893 return False;
2894 end Inside_A_Return_Statement;
2896 -------------------------------
2897 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
2898 -------------------------------
2900 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
2901 Obj_Decl : Node_Id;
2903 begin
2904 if Nkind (N) = N_Explicit_Dereference
2905 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Identifier
2906 and then Nkind (Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)))) =
2907 N_Object_Declaration
2908 then
2909 Obj_Decl := Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)));
2911 return
2912 Present (Expression (Obj_Decl))
2913 and then Nkind (Expression (Obj_Decl)) = N_Allocator
2914 and then Nkind (Expression (Expression (Obj_Decl))) /=
2915 N_Qualified_Expression;
2916 end if;
2918 return False;
2919 end Needs_Initialization_Call;
2921 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
2923 begin
2924 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
2925 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
2926 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
2927 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
2929 if Inside_A_Return_Statement (N)
2930 and then
2931 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
2932 or else
2933 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Access_Type
2934 and then No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT))))
2935 then
2936 declare
2937 Decl : Node_Id;
2938 Outer_S : Entity_Id;
2939 S : Entity_Id := Current_Scope;
2941 begin
2942 while Present (S) and then S /= Standard_Standard loop
2943 if Ekind (S) = E_Function then
2944 Outer_S := Scope (S);
2946 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
2948 Decl := Parent (Parent (
2949 Corresponding_Body (Parent (Parent (S)))));
2950 exit;
2951 end if;
2953 S := Scope (S);
2954 end loop;
2956 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
2957 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
2958 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
2959 -- finalization context is now different.
2961 Push_Scope (Outer_S);
2962 Build_Final_List (Decl, PtrT);
2963 Pop_Scope;
2964 end;
2966 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
2967 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
2969 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
2970 Build_Final_List (N, PtrT);
2971 end if;
2973 Flist :=
2974 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2975 Prefix =>
2976 New_Reference_To (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT), Loc),
2977 Selector_Name =>
2978 Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_F));
2980 Coext_Elmt := First_Elmt (Coextensions (N));
2981 while Present (Coext_Elmt) loop
2982 Coext := Node (Coext_Elmt);
2984 -- Generate:
2985 -- typ! (coext.all)
2987 if Nkind (Coext) = N_Identifier then
2988 Ref :=
2989 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2990 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Etype (Coext), Loc),
2991 Expression =>
2992 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
2993 Prefix => New_Copy_Tree (Coext)));
2994 else
2995 Ref := New_Copy_Tree (Coext);
2996 end if;
2998 -- No initialization call if not allowed
3000 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3002 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3004 -- Generate:
3005 -- initialize (Ref)
3006 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3008 if Needs_Initialization_Call (Coext) then
3009 Insert_Actions (N,
3010 Make_Init_Call (
3011 Ref => Ref,
3012 Typ => Etype (Coext),
3013 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3014 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3016 -- Generate:
3017 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3019 else
3020 Insert_Action (N,
3021 Make_Attach_Call (
3022 Obj_Ref => Ref,
3023 Flist_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Flist),
3024 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3025 end if;
3026 end if;
3028 Next_Elmt (Coext_Elmt);
3029 end loop;
3030 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3032 -------------------------
3033 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3034 -------------------------
3036 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id) is
3037 Temp : constant Node_Id :=
3038 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
3039 New_Internal_Name ('C'));
3041 -- Generate:
3042 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3044 Decl : constant Node_Id :=
3045 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3046 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3047 Aliased_Present => True,
3048 Object_Definition =>
3049 New_Occurrence_Of (Etyp, Loc));
3050 Nod : Node_Id;
3052 begin
3053 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3054 Set_Expression (Decl, Expression (Expression (N)));
3055 end if;
3057 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3059 Nod := Parent (N);
3060 while Present (Nod) loop
3061 exit when Nkind (Nod) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3062 or else Nkind (Nod) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3063 or else Nkind (Nod) in N_Declaration;
3064 Nod := Parent (Nod);
3065 end loop;
3067 Insert_Before (Nod, Decl);
3068 Analyze (Decl);
3070 Rewrite (N,
3071 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3072 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3073 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3075 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3076 end Rewrite_Coextension;
3078 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3080 begin
3081 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3082 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3084 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3086 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type (N);
3088 -- Set the Storage Pool
3090 Set_Storage_Pool (N, Associated_Storage_Pool (Root_Type (PtrT)));
3092 if Present (Storage_Pool (N)) then
3093 if Is_RTE (Storage_Pool (N), RE_SS_Pool) then
3094 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3095 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_SS_Allocate));
3096 end if;
3098 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Storage_Pool (N))) then
3099 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_Allocate_Any));
3101 else
3102 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N,
3103 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Storage_Pool (N)), Name_Allocate));
3104 end if;
3105 end if;
3107 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3108 -- to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3109 -- 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3111 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3112 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3114 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3115 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3116 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3117 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3119 if Is_Access_Constant (PtrT)
3120 and then Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3121 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Expression (Expression (N)))
3122 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time (Etype (Expression
3123 (Expression (N))))
3124 and then not Is_Record_Type (Current_Scope)
3125 then
3126 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3128 -- new x'(y)
3130 -- We insert an object declaration
3132 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3134 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3135 -- marked as requiring static allocation.
3137 Temp :=
3138 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
3140 Desig := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
3142 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3143 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3144 -- unconstrained subtype.
3146 if Entity (Desig) = Base_Type (Dtyp) then
3147 Desig := New_Occurrence_Of (Dtyp, Loc);
3148 end if;
3150 Insert_Action (N,
3151 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3152 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3153 Aliased_Present => True,
3154 Constant_Present => Is_Access_Constant (PtrT),
3155 Object_Definition => Desig,
3156 Expression => Expression (Expression (N))));
3158 Rewrite (N,
3159 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3160 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3161 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3163 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3165 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3166 -- it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3168 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated (Temp);
3169 return;
3170 end if;
3172 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3173 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3174 -- the enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3176 if Is_Static_Coextension (N) then
3177 Rewrite_Coextension (N);
3178 return;
3179 end if;
3181 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3182 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3183 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3185 if Is_Coextension_Root (N) then
3186 Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3187 end if;
3189 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3191 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3192 Expand_Allocator_Expression (N);
3193 return;
3194 end if;
3196 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3197 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3198 -- rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3199 -- the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3201 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3203 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3204 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3205 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3206 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3207 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3208 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3209 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3211 declare
3212 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Expression (N));
3213 Init : Entity_Id;
3214 Arg1 : Node_Id;
3215 Args : List_Id;
3216 Decls : List_Id;
3217 Decl : Node_Id;
3218 Discr : Elmt_Id;
3219 Flist : Node_Id;
3220 Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
3221 Temp_Type : Entity_Id;
3222 Attach_Level : Uint;
3224 begin
3225 if No_Initialization (N) then
3226 null;
3228 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3230 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc (T) then
3232 -- Case of simple initialization required
3234 if Needs_Simple_Initialization (T) then
3235 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3236 Rewrite (Expression (N),
3237 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
3238 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc),
3239 Expression => Get_Simple_Init_Val (T, N)));
3241 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (Expression (N)), T);
3242 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), T);
3243 Set_Paren_Count (Expression (Expression (N)), 1);
3244 Expand_N_Allocator (N);
3246 -- No initialization required
3248 else
3249 null;
3250 end if;
3252 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3254 else
3255 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3257 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3258 Init := Base_Init_Proc (T);
3259 Nod := N;
3260 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
3262 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3264 Arg1 :=
3265 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3266 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3267 Set_Assignment_OK (Arg1);
3268 Temp_Type := PtrT;
3270 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3271 -- context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3272 -- being allocated has the right specific type.
3274 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp) then
3275 Arg1 := Unchecked_Convert_To (T, Arg1);
3276 end if;
3278 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3279 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3280 -- argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3281 -- to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3282 -- a derived type, we also convert the argument to its root
3283 -- type.
3285 if Is_Concurrent_Type (T) then
3286 Arg1 :=
3287 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (T), Arg1);
3289 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3290 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3291 and then Is_Concurrent_Type (Full_View (T))
3292 then
3293 Arg1 :=
3294 Unchecked_Convert_To
3295 (Corresponding_Record_Type (Full_View (T)), Arg1);
3297 elsif Etype (First_Formal (Init)) /= Base_Type (T) then
3298 declare
3299 Ftyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Init));
3300 begin
3301 Arg1 := OK_Convert_To (Etype (Ftyp), Arg1);
3302 Set_Etype (Arg1, Ftyp);
3303 end;
3304 end if;
3306 Args := New_List (Arg1);
3308 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3309 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3310 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3311 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3313 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3314 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3315 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3317 if Has_Task (T) then
3318 if No (Master_Id (Base_Type (PtrT))) then
3320 -- If we have a non-library level task with restriction
3321 -- No_Task_Hierarchy set, then no point in expanding.
3323 if not Is_Library_Level_Entity (T)
3324 and then Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy)
3325 then
3326 return;
3327 end if;
3329 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3330 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3332 pragma Assert (Present (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT))));
3333 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3334 (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT)));
3335 end if;
3337 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3338 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3339 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3340 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3341 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3342 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3344 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
3345 declare
3346 Nam : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (N));
3348 begin
3349 if Is_Entity_Name (Nam) then
3350 Decls :=
3351 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3352 (Loc,
3353 New_Occurrence_Of
3354 (Entity (Nam), Sloc (Nam)), T);
3356 elsif Nkind_In
3357 (Nam, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
3358 and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (Nam))
3359 then
3360 Decls :=
3361 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3362 (Loc, Nam, Etype (Prefix (Nam)));
3363 else
3364 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3365 end if;
3366 end;
3368 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Object_Declaration then
3369 Decls :=
3370 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3371 (Loc, Defining_Identifier (Parent (N)), T);
3373 else
3374 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3375 end if;
3377 Append_To (Args,
3378 New_Reference_To
3379 (Master_Id (Base_Type (Root_Type (PtrT))), Loc));
3380 Append_To (Args, Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uChain));
3382 Decl := Last (Decls);
3383 Append_To (Args,
3384 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (Decl), Loc));
3386 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3388 else
3389 Decls := No_List;
3390 end if;
3392 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3394 declare
3395 Dis : Boolean := False;
3396 Typ : Entity_Id;
3398 begin
3399 if Has_Discriminants (T) then
3400 Dis := True;
3401 Typ := T;
3403 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3404 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3405 and then Has_Discriminants (Full_View (T))
3406 then
3407 Dis := True;
3408 Typ := Full_View (T);
3409 end if;
3411 if Dis then
3413 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3414 -- default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3415 -- with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3416 -- to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3417 -- 2005 (AI-363).
3419 if not Is_Constrained (Typ)
3420 and then Present (Discriminant_Default_Value
3421 (First_Discriminant (Typ)))
3422 and then (Ada_Version < Ada_05
3423 or else
3424 not Has_Constrained_Partial_View (Typ))
3425 then
3426 Typ := Build_Default_Subtype (Typ, N);
3427 Set_Expression (N, New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc));
3428 end if;
3430 Discr := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Typ));
3431 while Present (Discr) loop
3432 Nod := Node (Discr);
3433 Append (New_Copy_Tree (Node (Discr)), Args);
3435 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3436 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3437 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3439 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
3440 and then
3441 Ekind (Etype (Nod)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3442 then
3443 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Nod, Typ);
3444 end if;
3446 Next_Elmt (Discr);
3447 end loop;
3448 end if;
3449 end;
3451 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3452 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3453 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3455 Set_Analyzed (N, True);
3456 Nod := Relocate_Node (N);
3458 -- Here is the transformation:
3459 -- input: new T
3460 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3461 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3462 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3463 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3465 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3466 -- subtype of the allocator.
3468 Temp_Decl :=
3469 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3470 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3471 Constant_Present => True,
3472 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Temp_Type, Loc),
3473 Expression => Nod);
3475 Set_Assignment_OK (Temp_Decl);
3476 Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl, Suppress => All_Checks);
3478 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3479 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3480 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3482 if Has_Task (T) then
3483 declare
3484 L : constant List_Id := New_List;
3485 Blk : Node_Id;
3486 begin
3487 Build_Task_Allocate_Block (L, Nod, Args);
3488 Blk := Last (L);
3489 Insert_List_Before (First (Declarations (Blk)), Decls);
3490 Insert_Actions (N, L);
3491 end;
3493 else
3494 Insert_Action (N,
3495 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
3496 Name => New_Reference_To (Init, Loc),
3497 Parameter_Associations => Args));
3498 end if;
3500 if Controlled_Type (T) then
3502 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3503 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3505 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension (N) then
3506 if No (Coextensions (N)) then
3507 Set_Coextensions (N, New_Elmt_List);
3508 end if;
3510 Append_Elmt (New_Copy_Tree (Arg1), Coextensions (N));
3512 else
3513 Flist :=
3514 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
3516 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3517 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3518 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly,
3519 -- even if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3520 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3521 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3522 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3523 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3525 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3526 and then
3527 Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
3528 not in N_Subprogram_Specification
3529 then
3530 Attach_Level := Uint_1;
3531 else
3532 Attach_Level := Uint_2;
3533 end if;
3535 Insert_Actions (N,
3536 Make_Init_Call (
3537 Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Arg1),
3538 Typ => T,
3539 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3540 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3541 Intval => Attach_Level)));
3542 end if;
3543 end if;
3545 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3546 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3547 end if;
3548 end if;
3549 end;
3551 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3552 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3553 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3555 if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
3556 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
3557 then
3558 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
3559 end if;
3561 exception
3562 when RE_Not_Available =>
3563 return;
3564 end Expand_N_Allocator;
3566 -----------------------
3567 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3568 -----------------------
3570 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also deal
3571 -- with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
3573 procedure Expand_N_And_Then (N : Node_Id) is
3574 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3575 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3576 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3577 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3578 Actlist : List_Id;
3580 begin
3581 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
3583 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
3584 Adjust_Condition (Left);
3585 Adjust_Condition (Right);
3586 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
3587 end if;
3589 -- Check for cases of left argument is True or False
3591 if Nkind (Left) = N_Identifier then
3593 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to Right.
3594 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
3595 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
3597 if Entity (Left) = Standard_True then
3598 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3599 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
3600 end if;
3602 Rewrite (N, Right);
3603 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3604 return;
3606 -- If left argument is False, change (False and then Right) to False.
3607 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
3608 -- since they will never be executed.
3610 elsif Entity (Left) = Standard_False then
3611 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
3612 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
3613 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3614 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3615 return;
3616 end if;
3617 end if;
3619 -- If Actions are present, we expand
3621 -- left and then right
3623 -- into
3625 -- if left then right else false end
3627 -- with the actions becoming the Then_Actions of the conditional
3628 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
3629 -- (and will eventually disappear)
3631 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3632 Actlist := Actions (N);
3633 Rewrite (N,
3634 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3635 Expressions => New_List (
3636 Left,
3637 Right,
3638 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
3640 Set_Then_Actions (N, Actlist);
3641 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
3642 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3643 return;
3644 end if;
3646 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
3648 if Nkind (Right) = N_Identifier then
3650 -- Change (Left and then True) to Left. Note that we know there are
3651 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
3652 -- for this case above.
3654 if Entity (Right) = Standard_True then
3655 Rewrite (N, Left);
3657 -- Change (Left and then False) to False, making sure to preserve any
3658 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
3660 elsif Entity (Right) = Standard_False then
3661 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
3662 Rewrite
3663 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3664 end if;
3665 end if;
3667 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3668 end Expand_N_And_Then;
3670 -------------------------------------
3671 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
3672 -------------------------------------
3674 -- Expand into expression actions if then/else actions present
3676 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
3677 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3678 Cond : constant Node_Id := First (Expressions (N));
3679 Thenx : constant Node_Id := Next (Cond);
3680 Elsex : constant Node_Id := Next (Thenx);
3681 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3682 Cnn : Entity_Id;
3683 New_If : Node_Id;
3685 begin
3686 -- If either then or else actions are present, then given:
3688 -- if cond then then-expr else else-expr end
3690 -- we insert the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
3692 -- Cnn : typ;
3693 -- if cond then
3694 -- <<then actions>>
3695 -- Cnn := then-expr;
3696 -- else
3697 -- <<else actions>>
3698 -- Cnn := else-expr
3699 -- end if;
3701 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
3703 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) or else Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
3704 Cnn := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
3706 New_If :=
3707 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
3708 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
3710 Then_Statements => New_List (
3711 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
3712 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
3713 Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx))),
3715 Else_Statements => New_List (
3716 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
3717 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
3718 Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex))));
3720 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Then_Statements (New_If))));
3721 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Else_Statements (New_If))));
3723 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
3724 Insert_List_Before
3725 (First (Then_Statements (New_If)), Then_Actions (N));
3726 end if;
3728 if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
3729 Insert_List_Before
3730 (First (Else_Statements (New_If)), Else_Actions (N));
3731 end if;
3733 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc));
3735 Insert_Action (N,
3736 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3737 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
3738 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc)));
3740 Insert_Action (N, New_If);
3741 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
3742 end if;
3743 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression;
3745 -----------------------------------
3746 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
3747 -----------------------------------
3749 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference (N : Node_Id) is
3750 begin
3751 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
3753 Insert_Dereference_Action (Prefix (N));
3754 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference;
3756 -----------------
3757 -- Expand_N_In --
3758 -----------------
3760 procedure Expand_N_In (N : Node_Id) is
3761 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3762 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3763 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3764 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3765 Static : constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression (N);
3767 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check;
3768 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
3769 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
3771 ----------------------------
3772 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
3773 ----------------------------
3775 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check is
3776 begin
3777 Rewrite (N,
3778 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3779 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Lop),
3780 Attribute_Name => Name_Valid));
3782 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3784 Error_Msg_N ("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N);
3785 Error_Msg_N ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N);
3786 return;
3787 end Substitute_Valid_Check;
3789 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
3791 begin
3792 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
3793 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
3794 -- test and give a warning.
3796 if Is_Scalar_Type (Etype (Lop))
3797 and then Nkind (Rop) in N_Has_Entity
3798 and then Etype (Lop) = Entity (Rop)
3799 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
3800 and then VM_Target = No_VM
3801 then
3802 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3803 return;
3804 end if;
3806 -- Do validity check on operands
3808 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
3809 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
3810 Validity_Check_Range (Right_Opnd (N));
3811 end if;
3813 -- Case of explicit range
3815 if Nkind (Rop) = N_Range then
3816 declare
3817 Lo : constant Node_Id := Low_Bound (Rop);
3818 Hi : constant Node_Id := High_Bound (Rop);
3820 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
3822 Lo_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Lo);
3823 Hi_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Hi);
3825 Lcheck : constant Compare_Result := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo);
3826 Ucheck : constant Compare_Result := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi);
3828 Warn1 : constant Boolean :=
3829 Constant_Condition_Warnings
3830 and then Comes_From_Source (N);
3831 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
3832 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on.
3834 Warn2 : constant Boolean :=
3835 Warn1
3836 and then Nkind (Original_Node (Rop)) = N_Range
3837 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Lo));
3838 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
3839 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
3840 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
3841 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds
3842 -- is the same as the type of the expression.
3844 begin
3845 -- If test is explicit x'first .. x'last, replace by valid check
3847 if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
3848 and then Nkind (Lo_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
3849 and then Attribute_Name (Lo_Orig) = Name_First
3850 and then Nkind (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
3851 and then Entity (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) = Ltyp
3852 and then Nkind (Hi_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
3853 and then Attribute_Name (Hi_Orig) = Name_Last
3854 and then Nkind (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
3855 and then Entity (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) = Ltyp
3856 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
3857 and then VM_Target = No_VM
3858 then
3859 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3860 return;
3861 end if;
3863 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
3864 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
3865 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
3866 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
3868 if Comes_From_Source (N)
3869 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
3870 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp))
3871 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp))
3872 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
3873 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
3874 and then Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Hi)
3875 and then Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Lo)
3876 then
3877 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3878 return;
3879 end if;
3881 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based
3882 -- on range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
3884 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
3885 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
3886 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
3888 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
3889 if Warn1 then
3890 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
3891 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be out of range", N);
3892 end if;
3894 Rewrite (N,
3895 New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc));
3896 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3897 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
3899 return;
3901 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
3902 -- since we know we are in range.
3904 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
3905 if Warn1 then
3906 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
3907 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", N);
3908 end if;
3910 Rewrite (N,
3911 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
3912 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3913 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
3915 return;
3917 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
3918 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
3919 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
3921 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE then
3922 if Warn2 then
3923 Error_Msg_N ("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo);
3924 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Lo);
3925 end if;
3927 Rewrite (N,
3928 Make_Op_Le (Loc,
3929 Left_Opnd => Lop,
3930 Right_Opnd => High_Bound (Rop)));
3931 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3933 return;
3935 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
3936 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
3937 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
3939 elsif Ucheck in Compare_LE then
3940 if Warn2 then
3941 Error_Msg_N ("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi);
3942 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Hi);
3943 end if;
3945 Rewrite (N,
3946 Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
3947 Left_Opnd => Lop,
3948 Right_Opnd => Low_Bound (Rop)));
3949 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3951 return;
3952 end if;
3953 end;
3955 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
3957 return;
3959 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
3961 else
3962 declare
3963 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
3964 Is_Acc : constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type (Typ);
3965 Obj : Node_Id := Lop;
3966 Cond : Node_Id := Empty;
3968 begin
3969 Remove_Side_Effects (Obj);
3971 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
3973 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
3975 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
3976 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
3977 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
3978 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
3980 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3981 Rewrite (N, Tagged_Membership (N));
3982 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3983 end if;
3985 return;
3987 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'first .. t'last.
3988 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
3989 -- type if they come from the original type definition.
3991 elsif Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
3992 Rewrite (Rop,
3993 Make_Range (Loc,
3994 Low_Bound =>
3995 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3996 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
3997 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
3999 High_Bound =>
4000 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4001 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
4002 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
4003 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4004 return;
4006 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
4007 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
4008 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
4009 -- discriminants.
4011 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Typ))
4012 and then Is_Constrained (Typ)
4013 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lop)
4014 then
4015 Insert_Action (N,
4016 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
4017 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
4019 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
4020 -- the test as a standard False.
4022 Rewrite (N,
4023 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
4025 return;
4026 end if;
4028 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
4030 if Is_Acc then
4031 Typ := Designated_Type (Typ);
4032 end if;
4034 if not Is_Constrained (Typ) then
4035 Rewrite (N,
4036 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4037 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4039 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
4040 -- for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
4041 -- must match in any case).
4043 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
4045 Check_Subscripts : declare
4046 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4047 (E : Node_Id;
4048 Nam : Name_Id;
4049 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id;
4050 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam(Dim)
4052 -----------------------------------
4053 -- Construct_Attribute_Reference --
4054 -----------------------------------
4056 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4057 (E : Node_Id;
4058 Nam : Name_Id;
4059 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id
4061 begin
4062 return
4063 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4064 Prefix => E,
4065 Attribute_Name => Nam,
4066 Expressions => New_List (
4067 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Dim)));
4068 end Construct_Attribute_Reference;
4070 -- Start processing for Check_Subscripts
4072 begin
4073 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Typ) loop
4074 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4075 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4076 Left_Opnd =>
4077 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4078 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4079 Name_First, J),
4080 Right_Opnd =>
4081 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4082 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_First, J)));
4084 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4085 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4086 Left_Opnd =>
4087 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4088 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4089 Name_Last, J),
4090 Right_Opnd =>
4091 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4092 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_Last, J)));
4093 end loop;
4095 if Is_Acc then
4096 Cond :=
4097 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4098 Left_Opnd =>
4099 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4100 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4101 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4102 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4103 end if;
4105 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4106 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4107 end Check_Subscripts;
4109 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
4110 -- e.g. records with possible discriminants
4112 else
4113 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4114 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
4115 -- is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4117 Obj := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
4119 if Has_Discriminants (Typ) then
4120 Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4121 Right_Opnd => Build_Discriminant_Checks (Obj, Typ));
4123 if Is_Acc then
4124 Cond := Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4125 Left_Opnd =>
4126 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4127 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4128 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4129 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4130 end if;
4132 else
4133 Cond := New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc);
4134 end if;
4136 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4137 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4138 end if;
4139 end;
4140 end if;
4141 end Expand_N_In;
4143 --------------------------------
4144 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4145 --------------------------------
4147 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component (N : Node_Id) is
4148 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4149 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4150 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
4151 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (P);
4153 begin
4154 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
4155 -- selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
4156 -- example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
4157 -- the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
4158 -- itself has already been generated. The range check for the
4159 -- subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
4160 -- the subtype of the slice.
4162 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
4163 -- messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
4164 -- some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
4165 -- of dealing specially with object renamings.
4167 if Nkind (P) = N_Slice then
4168 Rewrite (N,
4169 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
4170 Prefix => Prefix (P),
4171 Expressions => New_List (
4172 Convert_To
4173 (Etype (First_Index (Etype (P))),
4174 First (Expressions (N))))));
4175 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4176 return;
4177 end if;
4179 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
4180 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
4182 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
4183 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
4184 then
4185 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
4186 end if;
4188 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
4189 -- as an explicit deference. This simplifies processing for several
4190 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
4191 -- must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
4192 -- necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4194 if Is_Access_Type (T) then
4195 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
4196 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (T));
4197 end if;
4199 -- Generate index and validity checks
4201 Generate_Index_Checks (N);
4203 if Validity_Checks_On and then Validity_Check_Subscripts then
4204 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks (N);
4205 end if;
4207 -- All done for the non-packed case
4209 if not Is_Packed (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4210 return;
4211 end if;
4213 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4214 -- with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
4215 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4217 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4218 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4219 return;
4220 end if;
4222 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4223 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4224 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4226 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
4227 -- prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4228 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4230 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4231 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4233 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4234 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4236 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4238 -- The prefix of an address or size attribute reference
4240 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4242 declare
4243 Child : Node_Id := N;
4244 Parnt : Node_Id := Parent (N);
4246 begin
4247 loop
4248 if Nkind (Parnt) = N_Unchecked_Expression then
4249 null;
4251 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration,
4252 N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4253 or else (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Parameter_Association
4254 and then
4255 Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4256 then
4257 return;
4259 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4260 and then (Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Address
4261 or else
4262 Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Size)
4263 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4264 then
4265 return;
4267 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Assignment_Statement
4268 and then Name (Parnt) = Child
4269 then
4270 return;
4272 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
4273 -- be expanded regardless of context.
4275 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
4276 and then Child /= Prefix (Parnt)
4277 then
4278 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4279 return;
4281 elsif Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Assignment_Statement
4282 and then Name (Parent (Parnt)) = Parnt
4283 then
4284 return;
4286 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4287 and then Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Read
4288 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parnt))) = Child
4289 then
4290 return;
4292 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
4293 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4294 then
4295 null;
4297 else
4298 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4299 return;
4300 end if;
4302 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
4303 -- prefix of a possible assignment left side.
4305 Child := Parnt;
4306 Parnt := Parent (Child);
4307 end loop;
4308 end;
4309 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component;
4311 ---------------------
4312 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
4313 ---------------------
4315 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
4316 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
4318 procedure Expand_N_Not_In (N : Node_Id) is
4319 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4320 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4321 Cfs : constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source (N);
4323 begin
4324 Rewrite (N,
4325 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4326 Right_Opnd =>
4327 Make_In (Loc,
4328 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
4329 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N))));
4331 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
4332 -- transformations in Expand_N_In).
4334 Set_Comes_From_Source (N, Cfs);
4335 Set_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (N), Cfs);
4337 -- Now analyze transformed node
4339 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4340 end Expand_N_Not_In;
4342 -------------------
4343 -- Expand_N_Null --
4344 -------------------
4346 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of type that is
4347 -- an access to protected subprogram. We represent such access values as a
4348 -- record, and so we must replace the occurrence of null by the equivalent
4349 -- record (with a null address and a null pointer in it), so that the
4350 -- backend creates the proper value.
4352 procedure Expand_N_Null (N : Node_Id) is
4353 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4354 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4355 Agg : Node_Id;
4357 begin
4358 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type (Typ) then
4359 Agg :=
4360 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
4361 Expressions => New_List (
4362 New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Null_Address), Loc),
4363 Make_Null (Loc)));
4365 Rewrite (N, Agg);
4366 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Equivalent_Type (Typ));
4368 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
4369 -- Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
4370 -- type before processing the node.
4372 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
4373 end if;
4375 exception
4376 when RE_Not_Available =>
4377 return;
4378 end Expand_N_Null;
4380 ---------------------
4381 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
4382 ---------------------
4384 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs (N : Node_Id) is
4385 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4386 Expr : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4388 begin
4389 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4391 -- Deal with software overflow checking
4393 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
4394 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
4395 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
4396 then
4397 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
4398 -- largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
4400 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
4402 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
4404 Insert_Action (N,
4405 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
4406 Condition =>
4407 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4408 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Expr),
4409 Right_Opnd =>
4410 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4411 Prefix =>
4412 New_Occurrence_Of (Base_Type (Etype (Expr)), Loc),
4413 Attribute_Name => Name_First)),
4414 Reason => CE_Overflow_Check_Failed));
4415 end if;
4417 -- Vax floating-point types case
4419 if Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
4420 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4421 end if;
4422 end Expand_N_Op_Abs;
4424 ---------------------
4425 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
4426 ---------------------
4428 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add (N : Node_Id) is
4429 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4431 begin
4432 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4434 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
4436 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4437 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
4438 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4439 then
4440 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
4441 return;
4443 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left_Opnd (N))
4444 and then Expr_Value (Left_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4445 then
4446 Rewrite (N, Right_Opnd (N));
4447 return;
4448 end if;
4449 end if;
4451 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
4453 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
4454 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
4455 then
4456 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
4457 return;
4459 -- Vax floating-point types case
4461 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
4462 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4463 end if;
4464 end Expand_N_Op_Add;
4466 ---------------------
4467 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
4468 ---------------------
4470 procedure Expand_N_Op_And (N : Node_Id) is
4471 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4473 begin
4474 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4476 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
4477 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
4479 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
4480 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
4481 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
4482 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
4483 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
4484 end if;
4485 end Expand_N_Op_And;
4487 ------------------------
4488 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
4489 ------------------------
4491 Max_Available_String_Operands : Int := -1;
4492 -- This is initialized the first time this routine is called. It records
4493 -- a value of 0,2,3,4,5 depending on what Str_Concat_n procedures are
4494 -- available in the run-time:
4496 -- 0 None available
4497 -- 2 RE_Str_Concat available, RE_Str_Concat_3 not available
4498 -- 3 RE_Str_Concat/Concat_2 available, RE_Str_Concat_4 not available
4499 -- 4 RE_Str_Concat/Concat_2/3 available, RE_Str_Concat_5 not available
4500 -- 5 All routines including RE_Str_Concat_5 available
4502 Char_Concat_Available : Boolean;
4503 -- Records if the routines RE_Str_Concat_CC/CS/SC are available. True if
4504 -- all three are available, False if any one of these is unavailable.
4506 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat (N : Node_Id) is
4507 Opnds : List_Id;
4508 -- List of operands to be concatenated
4510 Opnd : Node_Id;
4511 -- Single operand for concatenation
4513 Cnode : Node_Id;
4514 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
4515 -- in the list Opnds.
4517 Atyp : Entity_Id;
4518 -- Array type of concatenation result type
4520 Ctyp : Entity_Id;
4521 -- Component type of concatenation represented by Cnode
4523 begin
4524 -- Initialize global variables showing run-time status
4526 if Max_Available_String_Operands < 1 then
4528 -- See what routines are available and set max operand count
4529 -- according to the highest count available in the run-time.
4531 if not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat) then
4532 Max_Available_String_Operands := 0;
4534 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_3) then
4535 Max_Available_String_Operands := 2;
4537 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_4) then
4538 Max_Available_String_Operands := 3;
4540 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_5) then
4541 Max_Available_String_Operands := 4;
4543 else
4544 Max_Available_String_Operands := 5;
4545 end if;
4547 Char_Concat_Available :=
4548 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_CC)
4549 and then
4550 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_CS)
4551 and then
4552 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_SC);
4553 end if;
4555 -- Ensure validity of both operands
4557 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4559 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
4560 -- then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
4561 -- concatenations as a unit.
4563 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Concat
4564 and then N = Left_Opnd (Parent (N))
4565 then
4566 return;
4567 end if;
4569 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
4570 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
4571 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
4572 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
4574 Cnode := N;
4575 while Nkind (Left_Opnd (Cnode)) = N_Op_Concat loop
4576 Cnode := Left_Opnd (Cnode);
4577 end loop;
4579 -- Now Opnd is the deepest Opnd, and its parents are the concatenation
4580 -- nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the operations. We
4581 -- gather a string that is as long as possible up to five operands
4583 -- The outer loop runs more than once if there are more than five
4584 -- concatenations of type Standard.String, the most we handle for
4585 -- this case, or if more than one concatenation type is involved.
4587 Outer : loop
4588 Opnds := New_List (Left_Opnd (Cnode), Right_Opnd (Cnode));
4589 Set_Parent (Opnds, N);
4591 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands. We gather any
4592 -- number of these in the non-string case, or if no concatenation
4593 -- routines are available for string (since in that case we will
4594 -- treat string like any other non-string case). Otherwise we only
4595 -- gather as many operands as can be handled by the available
4596 -- procedures in the run-time library (normally 5, but may be
4597 -- less for the configurable run-time case).
4599 Inner : while Cnode /= N
4600 and then (Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) /= Standard_String
4601 or else
4602 Max_Available_String_Operands = 0
4603 or else
4604 List_Length (Opnds) <
4605 Max_Available_String_Operands)
4606 and then Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) =
4607 Base_Type (Etype (Parent (Cnode)))
4608 loop
4609 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
4610 Append (Right_Opnd (Cnode), Opnds);
4611 end loop Inner;
4613 -- Here we process the collected operands. First we convert singleton
4614 -- operands to singleton aggregates. This is skipped however for the
4615 -- case of two operands of type String since we have special routines
4616 -- for these cases.
4618 Atyp := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
4619 Ctyp := Base_Type (Component_Type (Etype (Cnode)));
4621 if (List_Length (Opnds) > 2 or else Atyp /= Standard_String)
4622 or else not Char_Concat_Available
4623 then
4624 Opnd := First (Opnds);
4625 loop
4626 if Base_Type (Etype (Opnd)) = Ctyp then
4627 Rewrite (Opnd,
4628 Make_Aggregate (Sloc (Cnode),
4629 Expressions => New_List (Relocate_Node (Opnd))));
4630 Analyze_And_Resolve (Opnd, Atyp);
4631 end if;
4633 Next (Opnd);
4634 exit when No (Opnd);
4635 end loop;
4636 end if;
4638 -- Now call appropriate continuation routine
4640 if Atyp = Standard_String
4641 and then Max_Available_String_Operands > 0
4642 then
4643 Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode, Opnds);
4644 else
4645 Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode, Opnds);
4646 end if;
4648 exit Outer when Cnode = N;
4649 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
4650 end loop Outer;
4651 end Expand_N_Op_Concat;
4653 ------------------------
4654 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
4655 ------------------------
4657 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide (N : Node_Id) is
4658 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4659 Lopnd : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4660 Ropnd : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4661 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lopnd);
4662 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Ropnd);
4663 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4664 Rknow : constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
4665 and then
4666 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Ropnd);
4667 Rval : Uint;
4669 begin
4670 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4672 if Rknow then
4673 Rval := Expr_Value (Ropnd);
4674 end if;
4676 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
4678 if Rknow and then Rval = Uint_1 then
4679 Rewrite (N, Lopnd);
4680 return;
4681 end if;
4683 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
4684 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
4685 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
4687 if Nkind (Ropnd) = N_Op_Expon
4688 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Ropnd)
4690 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
4691 -- have 64-bit -- integers and long shifts are not available.
4693 and then
4694 (Esize (Ltyp) <= 32
4695 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target)
4696 then
4697 Rewrite (N,
4698 Make_Op_Shift_Right (Loc,
4699 Left_Opnd => Lopnd,
4700 Right_Opnd =>
4701 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Ropnd))));
4702 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4703 return;
4704 end if;
4706 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
4708 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
4709 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
4710 Typ := Etype (N);
4711 end if;
4713 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
4715 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
4717 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
4718 -- from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
4719 -- operations and will be treated that way.
4721 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
4722 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
4723 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
4724 else
4725 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
4726 end if;
4727 end if;
4729 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
4730 -- case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
4732 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else
4733 Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
4734 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
4735 then
4736 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4737 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
4738 else
4739 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
4740 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
4741 end if;
4743 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
4744 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
4746 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
4747 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
4748 then
4749 Rewrite (Ropnd,
4750 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Ropnd)));
4752 Analyze_And_Resolve (Ropnd, Universal_Real);
4754 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
4755 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
4756 then
4757 Rewrite (Lopnd,
4758 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lopnd)));
4760 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lopnd, Universal_Real);
4762 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
4764 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4765 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
4767 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
4768 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
4769 -- long shifts.
4771 if Esize (Ltyp) > 32
4772 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
4773 and then
4774 (not Rknow
4775 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
4776 or else (Rval /= Uint_2 and then
4777 Rval /= Uint_4 and then
4778 Rval /= Uint_8 and then
4779 Rval /= Uint_16 and then
4780 Rval /= Uint_32 and then
4781 Rval /= Uint_64))
4782 then
4783 Error_Msg_CRT ("64-bit division", N);
4784 end if;
4786 -- Deal with Vax_Float
4788 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
4789 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4790 return;
4791 end if;
4792 end Expand_N_Op_Divide;
4794 --------------------
4795 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
4796 --------------------
4798 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq (N : Node_Id) is
4799 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4800 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4801 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4802 Rhs : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4803 Bodies : constant List_Id := New_List;
4804 A_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lhs);
4806 Typl : Entity_Id := A_Typ;
4807 Op_Name : Entity_Id;
4808 Prim : Elmt_Id;
4810 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id);
4811 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
4812 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
4813 -- inherited.
4815 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean;
4816 -- Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
4817 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
4819 -------------------------
4820 -- Build_Equality_Call --
4821 -------------------------
4823 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id) is
4824 Op_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq));
4825 L_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Lhs);
4826 R_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Rhs);
4828 begin
4829 if Base_Type (Op_Type) /= Base_Type (A_Typ)
4830 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (A_Typ)
4831 then
4832 L_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, L_Exp);
4833 R_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, R_Exp);
4834 end if;
4836 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
4837 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
4838 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
4839 -- inferable discriminants.
4841 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Op_Type) then
4842 declare
4843 Lhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (L_Exp);
4844 Rhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (R_Exp);
4845 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
4846 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
4848 begin
4849 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
4850 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
4851 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
4852 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
4853 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
4855 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
4856 -- . . .
4857 -- end record;
4858 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
4860 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
4862 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
4863 -- . . .
4864 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
4865 -- . . .
4866 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
4867 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
4869 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
4870 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
4872 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
4874 -- Generated code:
4876 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
4878 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
4879 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
4880 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
4882 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
4884 -- type
4885 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
4886 -- is record
4887 -- . . .
4888 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
4889 -- . . .
4890 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
4892 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
4893 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
4895 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
4897 -- Generated code:
4899 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
4900 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
4902 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
4903 -- the enclosing record.
4905 -- Lhs of equality
4907 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
4908 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
4909 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
4910 then
4911 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
4913 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope
4914 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs))))
4915 then
4916 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4917 Make_Identifier (Loc,
4918 Chars => Name_A);
4920 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
4921 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
4923 else
4924 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4925 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
4926 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
4927 Selector_Name =>
4928 New_Copy
4929 (Get_Discriminant_Value
4930 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
4931 Lhs_Type,
4932 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
4933 end if;
4935 -- Comment needed here ???
4937 else
4938 -- Infer the discriminant value
4940 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4941 New_Copy
4942 (Get_Discriminant_Value
4943 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
4944 Lhs_Type,
4945 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
4946 end if;
4948 -- Rhs of equality
4950 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
4951 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
4952 (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
4953 then
4954 if Is_Unchecked_Union
4955 (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs))))
4956 then
4957 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4958 Make_Identifier (Loc,
4959 Chars => Name_B);
4961 else
4962 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4963 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
4964 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
4965 Selector_Name =>
4966 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
4967 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
4968 Rhs_Type,
4969 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
4971 end if;
4972 else
4973 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4974 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
4975 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
4976 Rhs_Type,
4977 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
4979 end if;
4981 Rewrite (N,
4982 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
4983 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
4984 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
4985 L_Exp,
4986 R_Exp,
4987 Lhs_Discr_Val,
4988 Rhs_Discr_Val)));
4989 end;
4991 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
4993 else
4994 Rewrite (N,
4995 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
4996 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
4997 Parameter_Associations => New_List (L_Exp, R_Exp)));
4998 end if;
5000 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5001 end Build_Equality_Call;
5003 ------------------------------------
5004 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
5005 ------------------------------------
5007 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5008 (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean
5010 Tdef : constant Node_Id :=
5011 Type_Definition (Declaration_Node (Base_Type (Typ)));
5012 Clist : Node_Id;
5013 Vpart : Node_Id;
5015 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5016 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5017 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
5018 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
5020 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5021 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5022 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
5023 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
5025 -----------------------------------
5026 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5027 -----------------------------------
5029 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5030 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean
5032 begin
5033 if Nkind (Comp) /= N_Component_Declaration then
5034 return False;
5035 end if;
5037 declare
5038 Sindic : constant Node_Id :=
5039 Subtype_Indication (Component_Definition (Comp));
5041 begin
5042 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
5043 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
5045 if Nkind (Sindic) = N_Identifier then
5046 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (Sindic)));
5047 end if;
5049 return False;
5050 end;
5051 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5053 ---------------------------------
5054 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5055 ---------------------------------
5057 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5058 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean
5060 Clist : constant Node_Id := Component_List (Variant);
5062 begin
5063 if Is_Empty_List (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5064 return False;
5065 end if;
5067 -- We only need to test one component
5069 declare
5070 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5072 begin
5073 while Present (Comp) loop
5074 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5075 return True;
5076 end if;
5078 Next (Comp);
5079 end loop;
5080 end;
5082 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5083 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5085 return False;
5086 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5088 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5090 begin
5091 if Null_Present (Tdef) then
5092 return False;
5093 end if;
5095 Clist := Component_List (Tdef);
5096 Vpart := Variant_Part (Clist);
5098 -- Inspect available components
5100 if Present (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5101 declare
5102 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5104 begin
5105 while Present (Comp) loop
5107 -- One component is sufficient
5109 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5110 return True;
5111 end if;
5113 Next (Comp);
5114 end loop;
5115 end;
5116 end if;
5118 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5120 if Present (Vpart) then
5121 declare
5122 Variant : Node_Id := First (Variants (Vpart));
5124 begin
5125 while Present (Variant) loop
5127 -- One component within a variant is sufficient
5129 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Variant) then
5130 return True;
5131 end if;
5133 Next (Variant);
5134 end loop;
5135 end;
5136 end if;
5138 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5139 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5141 return False;
5142 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component;
5144 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5146 begin
5147 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5149 if Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Type then
5150 Typl := Underlying_Type (Typl);
5151 elsif Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Subtype then
5152 Typl := Underlying_Type (Base_Type (Typl));
5153 else
5154 null;
5155 end if;
5157 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5158 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5159 -- expander code.
5161 if No (Typl) then
5162 return;
5163 end if;
5165 Typl := Base_Type (Typl);
5167 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5169 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typl) then
5170 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5171 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5172 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5173 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5175 -- Array types
5177 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typl) then
5179 -- If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
5180 -- array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
5181 -- make sure that we check the array elements.
5183 if Validity_Check_Operands
5184 and then not Is_Known_Valid (Component_Type (Typl))
5185 then
5186 declare
5187 Save_Force_Validity_Checks : constant Boolean :=
5188 Force_Validity_Checks;
5189 begin
5190 Force_Validity_Checks := True;
5191 Rewrite (N,
5192 Expand_Array_Equality
5194 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5195 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5196 Bodies,
5197 Typl));
5198 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies);
5199 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
5200 Force_Validity_Checks := Save_Force_Validity_Checks;
5201 end;
5203 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5205 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typl)
5206 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5207 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5208 then
5209 Expand_Packed_Eq (N);
5211 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5212 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5213 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5214 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5215 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5217 elsif Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5218 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5219 and then not Is_Atomic (Component_Type (Typl))
5220 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5221 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5222 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5223 then
5224 null;
5226 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
5227 -- make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
5228 -- correctly handling the floating-point case.
5230 else
5231 Rewrite (N,
5232 Expand_Array_Equality
5234 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5235 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5236 Bodies,
5237 Typl));
5238 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5239 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5240 end if;
5242 -- Record Types
5244 elsif Is_Record_Type (Typl) then
5246 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5248 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typl) then
5250 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5251 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5252 -- already notified such violation.
5254 if Restriction_Active (No_Dispatching_Calls) then
5255 return;
5256 end if;
5258 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
5259 -- a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
5260 -- primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
5261 -- longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
5263 if Is_Private_Type (A_Typ)
5264 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (A_Typ)
5265 and then Is_Derived_Type (A_Typ)
5266 and then No (Full_View (A_Typ))
5267 then
5268 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
5269 -- have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
5270 -- or something is very wrong!
5272 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (A_Typ));
5274 while Present (Prim) loop
5275 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5276 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5277 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5278 and then
5279 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5281 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5282 end loop;
5284 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5285 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5287 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5288 -- user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5289 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5290 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
5291 -- so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
5292 -- equality with two different parameter types).
5294 else
5295 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Typl) then
5296 Typl := Root_Type (Typl);
5297 end if;
5299 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Typl));
5300 while Present (Prim) loop
5301 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5302 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5303 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5304 and then
5305 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5307 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5308 end loop;
5310 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5311 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5312 end if;
5314 Build_Equality_Call (Op_Name);
5316 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5317 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5318 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5320 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typl) then
5321 Insert_Action (N,
5322 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5323 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5325 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5326 -- equality as a standard False.
5328 Rewrite (N,
5329 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5331 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Typl) then
5333 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5334 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5336 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lhs)
5337 and then
5338 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Rhs)
5339 then
5340 Build_Equality_Call
5341 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5343 else
5344 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5345 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
5346 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
5348 Insert_Action (N,
5349 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5350 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5352 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
5353 -- the equality as a standard False.
5355 Rewrite (N,
5356 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5358 end if;
5360 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
5362 elsif Present (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality)) then
5363 Build_Equality_Call
5364 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5366 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
5367 -- we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
5368 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
5369 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
5371 else
5372 Remove_Side_Effects (Lhs);
5373 Remove_Side_Effects (Rhs);
5374 Rewrite (N,
5375 Expand_Record_Equality (N, Typl, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies));
5377 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5378 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5379 end if;
5380 end if;
5382 -- Test if result is known at compile time
5384 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5386 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
5388 if Vax_Float (Typl) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5389 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5390 return;
5391 end if;
5392 end Expand_N_Op_Eq;
5394 -----------------------
5395 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
5396 -----------------------
5398 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon (N : Node_Id) is
5399 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5400 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5401 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Typ);
5402 Base : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
5403 Bastyp : constant Node_Id := Etype (Base);
5404 Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
5405 Exptyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Exp);
5406 Ovflo : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5407 Expv : Uint;
5408 Xnode : Node_Id;
5409 Temp : Node_Id;
5410 Rent : RE_Id;
5411 Ent : Entity_Id;
5412 Etyp : Entity_Id;
5414 begin
5415 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5417 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
5418 -- intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
5419 -- types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
5420 -- private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
5421 -- shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
5422 -- different from the base type.
5424 if Is_Private_Type (Etype (Base))
5425 or else
5426 Is_Private_Type (Typ)
5427 or else
5428 Is_Private_Type (Exptyp)
5429 or else
5430 Rtyp /= Root_Type (Bastyp)
5431 then
5432 declare
5433 Bt : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Bastyp));
5434 Et : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Exptyp));
5436 begin
5437 Rewrite (N,
5438 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5439 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
5440 Left_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Bt, Base),
5441 Right_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Et, Exp))));
5442 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5443 return;
5444 end;
5445 end if;
5447 -- Test for case of known right argument
5449 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Exp) then
5450 Expv := Expr_Value (Exp);
5452 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
5453 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
5454 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
5455 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
5456 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
5458 if Expv >= 0 and then Expv <= 4 then
5460 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
5462 if Expv = 0 then
5463 if Ekind (Typ) in Integer_Kind then
5464 Xnode := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Intval => 1);
5465 else
5466 Xnode := Make_Real_Literal (Loc, Ureal_1);
5467 end if;
5469 -- X ** 1 = X
5471 elsif Expv = 1 then
5472 Xnode := Base;
5474 -- X ** 2 = X * X
5476 elsif Expv = 2 then
5477 Xnode :=
5478 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5479 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5480 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5482 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
5484 elsif Expv = 3 then
5485 Xnode :=
5486 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5487 Left_Opnd =>
5488 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5489 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5490 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)),
5491 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5493 -- X ** 4 ->
5494 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
5495 -- ...
5496 -- En * En
5498 else -- Expv = 4
5499 Temp :=
5500 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
5502 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
5503 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
5504 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
5505 Constant_Present => True,
5506 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc),
5507 Expression =>
5508 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5509 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5510 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)))));
5512 Xnode :=
5513 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5514 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
5515 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
5516 end if;
5518 Rewrite (N, Xnode);
5519 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5520 return;
5521 end if;
5522 end if;
5524 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
5525 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
5526 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
5527 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
5528 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
5530 -- Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
5531 -- a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
5532 -- result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
5534 if Nkind (Base) = N_Integer_Literal
5535 and then Intval (Base) = 2
5536 and then Is_Integer_Type (Root_Type (Exptyp))
5537 and then Esize (Root_Type (Exptyp)) <= Esize (Standard_Integer)
5538 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Exptyp)
5539 and then not Ovflo
5540 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
5541 then
5542 declare
5543 P : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
5544 L : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (P);
5545 R : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (P);
5547 begin
5548 if (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Multiply
5549 and then not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ)
5550 and then
5551 ((Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L)) and then R = N)
5552 or else
5553 (Is_Integer_Type (Etype (R)) and then L = N))
5554 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5556 or else
5557 (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Divide
5558 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L))
5559 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (L))
5560 and then R = N
5561 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5562 then
5563 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (N);
5564 return;
5565 end if;
5566 end;
5567 end if;
5569 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
5571 -- First deal with modular case
5573 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5575 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
5576 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
5577 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
5578 -- to the base type.
5580 if Non_Binary_Modulus (Rtyp) then
5581 Rewrite (N,
5582 Convert_To (Typ,
5583 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5584 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Exp_Modular), Loc),
5585 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5586 Convert_To (Standard_Integer, Base),
5587 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp)),
5588 Exp))));
5590 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
5591 -- unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
5592 -- with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
5594 else
5595 if UI_To_Int (Esize (Rtyp)) <= Standard_Integer_Size then
5596 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Unsigned);
5597 else
5598 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned);
5599 end if;
5601 Rewrite (N,
5602 Convert_To (Typ,
5603 Make_Op_And (Loc,
5604 Left_Opnd =>
5605 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5606 Name => New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc),
5607 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5608 Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Ent)), Base),
5609 Exp)),
5610 Right_Opnd =>
5611 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp) - 1))));
5613 end if;
5615 -- Common exit point for modular type case
5617 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5618 return;
5620 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
5621 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
5622 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
5623 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
5625 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
5626 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
5627 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
5629 elsif Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
5630 or else (Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Integer)
5631 and then
5632 Esize (Standard_Long_Integer) > Esize (Standard_Integer))
5633 or else (Rtyp = Universal_Integer)
5634 then
5635 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
5637 if Ovflo then
5638 Rent := RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer;
5639 else
5640 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer;
5641 end if;
5643 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5644 Etyp := Standard_Integer;
5646 if Ovflo then
5647 Rent := RE_Exp_Integer;
5648 else
5649 Rent := RE_Exn_Integer;
5650 end if;
5652 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
5653 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
5654 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
5655 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
5656 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
5658 else
5659 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Rtyp));
5660 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Float;
5661 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float;
5662 end if;
5664 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
5665 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
5667 if Typ = Etyp
5668 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Integer
5669 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Real
5670 then
5671 Rewrite (N,
5672 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5673 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
5674 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Base, Exp)));
5676 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
5677 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
5678 -- typed using one of the standard types.
5680 else
5681 Rewrite (N,
5682 Convert_To (Typ,
5683 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5684 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
5685 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5686 Convert_To (Etyp, Base),
5687 Exp))));
5688 end if;
5690 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5691 return;
5693 exception
5694 when RE_Not_Available =>
5695 return;
5696 end Expand_N_Op_Expon;
5698 --------------------
5699 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
5700 --------------------
5702 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge (N : Node_Id) is
5703 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5704 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5705 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5706 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5708 begin
5709 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5711 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5712 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5713 return;
5714 end if;
5716 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5717 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5718 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5719 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5720 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5721 end if;
5723 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5725 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5727 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5728 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5729 return;
5730 end if;
5731 end Expand_N_Op_Ge;
5733 --------------------
5734 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
5735 --------------------
5737 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt (N : Node_Id) is
5738 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5739 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5740 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5741 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5743 begin
5744 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5746 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5747 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5748 return;
5749 end if;
5751 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5752 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5753 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5754 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5755 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5756 end if;
5758 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5760 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5762 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5763 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5764 return;
5765 end if;
5766 end Expand_N_Op_Gt;
5768 --------------------
5769 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
5770 --------------------
5772 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le (N : Node_Id) is
5773 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5774 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5775 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5776 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5778 begin
5779 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5781 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5782 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5783 return;
5784 end if;
5786 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5787 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5788 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5789 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5790 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5791 end if;
5793 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5795 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5797 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5798 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5799 return;
5800 end if;
5801 end Expand_N_Op_Le;
5803 --------------------
5804 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
5805 --------------------
5807 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt (N : Node_Id) is
5808 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5809 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5810 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5811 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5813 begin
5814 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5816 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5817 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5818 return;
5819 end if;
5821 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5822 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5823 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5824 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5825 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5826 end if;
5828 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5830 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5832 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5833 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5834 return;
5835 end if;
5836 end Expand_N_Op_Lt;
5838 -----------------------
5839 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
5840 -----------------------
5842 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus (N : Node_Id) is
5843 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5844 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5846 begin
5847 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5849 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
5850 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5851 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
5852 then
5853 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
5855 Rewrite (N,
5856 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
5857 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0),
5858 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
5860 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5862 -- Vax floating-point types case
5864 elsif Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
5865 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5866 end if;
5867 end Expand_N_Op_Minus;
5869 ---------------------
5870 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
5871 ---------------------
5873 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod (N : Node_Id) is
5874 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5875 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5876 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5877 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5878 DOC : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5879 DDC : constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check (N);
5881 LLB : Uint;
5882 Llo : Uint;
5883 Lhi : Uint;
5884 LOK : Boolean;
5885 Rlo : Uint;
5886 Rhi : Uint;
5887 ROK : Boolean;
5889 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
5891 begin
5892 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5894 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
5895 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
5897 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
5898 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
5899 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
5900 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
5902 if LOK and then Llo >= 0
5903 and then
5904 ROK and then Rlo >= 0
5905 then
5906 Rewrite (N,
5907 Make_Op_Rem (Sloc (N),
5908 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
5909 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
5911 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
5912 -- avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
5913 -- is epsilon more efficient.
5915 Set_Entity (N, Standard_Entity (S_Op_Rem));
5916 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
5917 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, DOC);
5918 Set_Do_Division_Check (N, DDC);
5919 Expand_N_Op_Rem (N);
5920 Set_Analyzed (N);
5922 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
5924 else
5925 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
5926 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
5927 end if;
5929 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
5930 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
5931 -- certainly harmless.
5933 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5934 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
5935 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
5936 then
5937 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
5938 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5939 return;
5940 end if;
5942 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
5943 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
5944 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
5946 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
5947 -- the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
5948 -- completely in this case.
5950 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an an
5951 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
5952 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
5954 LLB :=
5955 Expr_Value
5956 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
5958 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
5959 and then
5960 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
5961 then
5962 Rewrite (N,
5963 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
5964 Expressions => New_List (
5965 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5966 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
5967 Right_Opnd =>
5968 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5969 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
5970 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5971 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
5972 Relocate_Node (N))));
5974 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
5975 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5976 end if;
5977 end if;
5978 end Expand_N_Op_Mod;
5980 --------------------------
5981 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
5982 --------------------------
5984 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply (N : Node_Id) is
5985 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5986 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5987 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5989 Lp2 : constant Boolean :=
5990 Nkind (Lop) = N_Op_Expon
5991 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Lop);
5993 Rp2 : constant Boolean :=
5994 Nkind (Rop) = N_Op_Expon
5995 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Rop);
5997 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
5998 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
5999 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6001 begin
6002 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6004 -- Special optimizations for integer types
6006 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6008 -- N * 0 = 0 * N = 0 for integer types
6010 if (Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6011 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_0)
6012 or else
6013 (Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6014 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_0)
6015 then
6016 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6017 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6018 return;
6019 end if;
6021 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
6023 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
6024 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
6026 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6027 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_1
6028 and then not Lp2
6029 then
6030 Rewrite (N, Lop);
6031 return;
6033 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6034 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_1
6035 and then not Rp2
6036 then
6037 Rewrite (N, Rop);
6038 return;
6039 end if;
6040 end if;
6042 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
6043 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
6044 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
6046 if Rp2 then
6047 if Lp2 then
6049 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
6051 Rewrite (N,
6052 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
6053 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2),
6054 Right_Opnd =>
6055 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
6056 Left_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Lop),
6057 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6058 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6059 return;
6061 else
6062 Rewrite (N,
6063 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6064 Left_Opnd => Lop,
6065 Right_Opnd =>
6066 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6067 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6068 return;
6069 end if;
6071 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6073 elsif Lp2 then
6074 Rewrite (N,
6075 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6076 Left_Opnd => Rop,
6077 Right_Opnd =>
6078 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Lop))));
6079 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6080 return;
6081 end if;
6083 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6085 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
6086 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
6087 Typ := Etype (N);
6088 end if;
6090 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6092 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
6094 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
6095 -- a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
6096 -- operations and will be treated that way.
6098 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
6100 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6102 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6103 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
6105 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6107 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp) then
6108 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6110 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6112 else
6113 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6114 end if;
6115 end if;
6117 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
6118 -- exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6120 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
6121 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
6122 then
6123 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6124 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
6125 else
6126 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
6127 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
6128 end if;
6130 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
6131 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
6133 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6134 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
6135 then
6136 Rewrite (Rop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Rop)));
6138 Analyze_And_Resolve (Rop, Universal_Real);
6140 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6141 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
6142 then
6143 Rewrite (Lop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lop)));
6145 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lop, Universal_Real);
6147 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6149 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6150 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6152 -- Deal with VAX float case
6154 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6155 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6156 return;
6157 end if;
6158 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply;
6160 --------------------
6161 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6162 --------------------
6164 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne (N : Node_Id) is
6165 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Left_Opnd (N));
6167 begin
6168 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6170 if Is_Elementary_Type (Typ)
6171 and then Sloc (Entity (N)) = Standard_Location
6172 then
6173 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6175 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6177 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6178 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6179 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6180 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6181 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6182 end if;
6184 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6186 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6188 if Vax_Float (Typ) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6189 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6190 return;
6191 end if;
6193 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6194 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6195 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6196 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6197 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6198 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6200 else
6201 declare
6202 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6203 Neg : Node_Id;
6204 Ne : constant Entity_Id := Entity (N);
6206 begin
6207 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6209 Neg :=
6210 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
6211 Right_Opnd =>
6212 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6213 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6214 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6215 Set_Paren_Count (Right_Opnd (Neg), 1);
6217 if Scope (Ne) /= Standard_Standard then
6218 Set_Entity (Right_Opnd (Neg), Corresponding_Equality (Ne));
6219 end if;
6221 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6222 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6223 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6224 -- generated.
6226 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Neg, N);
6227 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (Neg), N);
6228 Rewrite (N, Neg);
6229 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6230 end;
6231 end if;
6232 end Expand_N_Op_Ne;
6234 ---------------------
6235 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6236 ---------------------
6238 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
6239 -- expansion required.
6241 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6242 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6243 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6244 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
6245 -- matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6247 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
6248 -- standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
6249 -- tree the following function definition:
6251 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6252 -- B : arr;
6253 -- begin
6254 -- for J in a'range loop
6255 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6256 -- end loop;
6257 -- return B;
6258 -- end Nnnn;
6260 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6261 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6263 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not (N : Node_Id) is
6264 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6265 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6266 Opnd : Node_Id;
6267 Arr : Entity_Id;
6268 A : Entity_Id;
6269 B : Entity_Id;
6270 J : Entity_Id;
6271 A_J : Node_Id;
6272 B_J : Node_Id;
6274 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
6275 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
6277 begin
6278 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6280 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6282 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6283 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6284 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6285 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6286 return;
6287 end if;
6289 -- Only array types need any other processing
6291 if not Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
6292 return;
6293 end if;
6295 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
6296 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
6298 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
6299 and then Component_Size (Typ) = 1
6300 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
6301 then
6302 Expand_Packed_Not (N);
6303 return;
6304 end if;
6306 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
6307 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
6308 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
6309 -- done by enclosing operation.
6311 Opnd := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
6312 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (Opnd);
6313 Arr := Etype (Opnd);
6314 Ensure_Defined (Arr, N);
6315 Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test (N, Arr);
6317 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
6318 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), N, Empty) then
6319 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6320 return;
6322 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
6324 elsif Nkind_In (Opnd, N_Op_And, N_Op_Or, N_Op_Xor)
6325 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
6326 (Name (Parent (N)), Left_Opnd (Opnd), Right_Opnd (Opnd))
6327 then
6328 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6329 return;
6330 end if;
6332 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
6333 and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
6334 then
6335 declare
6336 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (Parent (N));
6337 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (Parent (N));
6338 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (Parent (N)));
6340 begin
6341 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Lhs, Op1, Op2) then
6342 if N = Op1
6343 and then Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not
6344 then
6345 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
6347 return;
6349 elsif N = Op2
6350 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Xor
6351 then
6352 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
6354 return;
6355 end if;
6356 end if;
6357 end;
6358 end if;
6360 A := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
6361 B := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
6362 J := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
6364 A_J :=
6365 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6366 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
6367 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6369 B_J :=
6370 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6371 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
6372 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6374 Loop_Statement :=
6375 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
6376 Identifier => Empty,
6378 Iteration_Scheme =>
6379 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
6380 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
6381 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6382 Defining_Identifier => J,
6383 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
6384 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
6385 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
6386 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
6388 Statements => New_List (
6389 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
6390 Name => B_J,
6391 Expression => Make_Op_Not (Loc, A_J))));
6393 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('N'));
6394 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
6396 Insert_Action (N,
6397 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
6398 Specification =>
6399 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
6400 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
6401 Parameter_Specifications => New_List (
6402 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6403 Defining_Identifier => A,
6404 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
6405 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
6407 Declarations => New_List (
6408 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
6409 Defining_Identifier => B,
6410 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc))),
6412 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
6413 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
6414 Statements => New_List (
6415 Loop_Statement,
6416 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
6417 Expression =>
6418 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)))))));
6420 Rewrite (N,
6421 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6422 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
6423 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Opnd)));
6425 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6426 end Expand_N_Op_Not;
6428 --------------------
6429 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
6430 --------------------
6432 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or (N : Node_Id) is
6433 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6435 begin
6436 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6438 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6439 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6441 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6442 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6443 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6444 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6445 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6446 end if;
6447 end Expand_N_Op_Or;
6449 ----------------------
6450 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
6451 ----------------------
6453 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus (N : Node_Id) is
6454 begin
6455 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6456 end Expand_N_Op_Plus;
6458 ---------------------
6459 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
6460 ---------------------
6462 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem (N : Node_Id) is
6463 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6464 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6466 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6467 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6469 LLB : Uint;
6470 Llo : Uint;
6471 Lhi : Uint;
6472 LOK : Boolean;
6473 Rlo : Uint;
6474 Rhi : Uint;
6475 ROK : Boolean;
6477 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
6479 begin
6480 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6482 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6483 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
6484 end if;
6486 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
6487 -- but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
6488 -- harmless.
6490 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6491 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
6492 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
6493 then
6494 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
6495 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6496 return;
6497 end if;
6499 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
6500 -- one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
6501 -- a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6503 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6504 -- the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6505 -- completely in this case.
6507 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
6508 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
6510 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an an
6511 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6512 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6514 LLB :=
6515 Expr_Value
6516 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
6518 -- Now perform the test, generating code only if needed
6520 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
6521 and then
6522 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
6523 then
6524 Rewrite (N,
6525 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6526 Expressions => New_List (
6527 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6528 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
6529 Right_Opnd =>
6530 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6531 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
6533 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6534 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
6536 Relocate_Node (N))));
6538 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6539 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6540 end if;
6541 end Expand_N_Op_Rem;
6543 -----------------------------
6544 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
6545 -----------------------------
6547 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6548 begin
6549 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6550 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left;
6552 ------------------------------
6553 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
6554 ------------------------------
6556 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6557 begin
6558 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6559 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right;
6561 ----------------------------
6562 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
6563 ----------------------------
6565 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6566 begin
6567 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6568 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left;
6570 -----------------------------
6571 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
6572 -----------------------------
6574 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6575 begin
6576 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6577 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right;
6579 ----------------------------------------
6580 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
6581 ----------------------------------------
6583 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic (N : Node_Id) is
6584 begin
6585 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6586 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic;
6588 --------------------------
6589 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
6590 --------------------------
6592 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract (N : Node_Id) is
6593 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6595 begin
6596 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6598 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
6600 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
6601 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
6602 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = 0
6603 then
6604 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
6605 return;
6606 end if;
6608 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
6610 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
6611 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
6612 then
6613 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6615 -- Vax floating-point types case
6617 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6618 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6619 end if;
6620 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract;
6622 ---------------------
6623 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
6624 ---------------------
6626 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor (N : Node_Id) is
6627 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6629 begin
6630 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6632 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6633 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6635 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6636 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6637 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6638 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6639 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6640 end if;
6641 end Expand_N_Op_Xor;
6643 ----------------------
6644 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
6645 ----------------------
6647 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also
6648 -- deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
6650 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else (N : Node_Id) is
6651 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6652 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6653 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6654 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6655 Actlist : List_Id;
6657 begin
6658 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
6660 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6661 Adjust_Condition (Left);
6662 Adjust_Condition (Right);
6663 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6664 end if;
6666 -- Check for cases of left argument is True or False
6668 if Nkind (Left) = N_Identifier then
6670 -- If left argument is False, change (False or else Right) to Right.
6671 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
6672 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
6674 if Entity (Left) = Standard_False then
6675 if Present (Actions (N)) then
6676 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
6677 end if;
6679 Rewrite (N, Right);
6680 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6681 return;
6683 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to True. In
6684 -- this case we can forget the actions associated with Right, since
6685 -- they will never be executed.
6687 elsif Entity (Left) = Standard_True then
6688 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
6689 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
6690 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
6691 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6692 return;
6693 end if;
6694 end if;
6696 -- If Actions are present, we expand
6698 -- left or else right
6700 -- into
6702 -- if left then True else right end
6704 -- with the actions becoming the Else_Actions of the conditional
6705 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
6706 -- (and will eventually disappear)
6708 if Present (Actions (N)) then
6709 Actlist := Actions (N);
6710 Rewrite (N,
6711 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6712 Expressions => New_List (
6713 Left,
6714 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc),
6715 Right)));
6717 Set_Else_Actions (N, Actlist);
6718 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6719 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6720 return;
6721 end if;
6723 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
6725 if Nkind (Right) = N_Identifier then
6727 -- Change (Left or else False) to Left. Note that we know there are
6728 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
6729 -- for this case above.
6731 if Entity (Right) = Standard_False then
6732 Rewrite (N, Left);
6734 -- Change (Left or else True) to True, making sure to preserve any
6735 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
6737 elsif Entity (Right) = Standard_True then
6738 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6739 Rewrite
6740 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
6741 end if;
6742 end if;
6744 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6745 end Expand_N_Or_Else;
6747 -----------------------------------
6748 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
6749 -----------------------------------
6751 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
6752 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
6753 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Subtype_Mark (N));
6755 begin
6756 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
6758 if Validity_Checks_On
6759 and then Validity_Check_Operands
6760 then
6761 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
6762 end if;
6764 -- Apply possible constraint check
6766 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type, No_Sliding => True);
6767 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression;
6769 ---------------------------------
6770 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
6771 ---------------------------------
6773 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
6774 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
6776 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component (N : Node_Id) is
6777 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6778 Par : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
6779 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
6780 Ptyp : Entity_Id := Underlying_Type (Etype (P));
6781 Disc : Entity_Id;
6782 New_N : Node_Id;
6783 Dcon : Elmt_Id;
6785 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
6786 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
6787 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
6788 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
6790 -----------------------
6791 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
6792 -----------------------
6794 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean is
6795 begin
6796 return (Nkind (Parent (Comp)) = N_Assignment_Statement
6797 and then Comp = Name (Parent (Comp)))
6798 or else (Present (Parent (Comp))
6799 and then Nkind (Parent (Comp)) in N_Subexpr
6800 and then In_Left_Hand_Side (Parent (Comp)));
6801 end In_Left_Hand_Side;
6803 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
6805 begin
6806 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
6808 if Is_Access_Type (Ptyp) then
6809 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
6810 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (Ptyp));
6812 if Ekind (Etype (P)) = E_Private_Subtype
6813 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype (Etype (P))
6814 then
6815 Set_Etype (P, Base_Type (Etype (P)));
6816 end if;
6818 Ptyp := Etype (P);
6819 end if;
6821 -- Deal with discriminant check required
6823 if Do_Discriminant_Check (N) then
6825 -- Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
6826 -- it can inline the call to the function.
6828 Add_Inlined_Body
6829 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
6830 (Original_Record_Component (Entity (Selector_Name (N)))));
6832 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
6834 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check (N, False);
6835 Generate_Discriminant_Check (N);
6836 end if;
6838 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
6839 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
6841 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
6842 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
6843 then
6844 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
6845 end if;
6847 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
6848 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
6849 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
6850 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
6851 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
6853 if Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
6854 and then Has_Discriminants (Etype (N))
6855 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side (N)
6856 then
6857 Force_Evaluation (Prefix (N));
6858 end if;
6860 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
6862 if Ekind (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) = E_Discriminant then
6864 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
6865 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
6866 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
6868 if Is_Record_Type (Ptyp)
6869 and then Has_Discriminants (Ptyp)
6870 and then Is_Constrained (Ptyp)
6871 then
6872 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
6873 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
6875 if not Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N)) then
6876 null;
6878 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
6879 -- Normally one would think that references like this would
6880 -- not occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that
6881 -- we really do want to assign the discriminant!
6883 elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Assignment_Statement
6884 and then Name (Par) = N
6885 then
6886 null;
6888 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
6889 -- the operand of an object renaming declaration since these are
6890 -- contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
6892 elsif (Nkind (Par) = N_Attribute_Reference
6893 and then Prefix (Par) = N)
6894 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
6895 then
6896 null;
6898 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
6899 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
6900 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
6902 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check (N) then
6903 null;
6905 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
6906 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
6907 -- now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
6909 else
6910 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
6911 -- constraint to see if we can copy it.
6913 Disc := First_Discriminant (Ptyp);
6914 Dcon := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Ptyp));
6915 Discr_Loop : while Present (Dcon) loop
6917 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
6919 if Disc = Entity (Selector_Name (N)) then
6921 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
6922 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
6923 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
6924 -- be optimized away.
6927 Denotes_Discriminant
6928 (Node (Dcon), Check_Concurrent => True)
6929 then
6930 exit Discr_Loop;
6932 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression may
6933 -- have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
6934 -- preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
6935 -- missing cases.
6937 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Case_Statement
6938 and then Etype (Node (Dcon)) /= Etype (Disc)
6939 then
6940 Rewrite (N,
6941 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
6942 Subtype_Mark =>
6943 New_Occurrence_Of (Etype (Disc), Loc),
6944 Expression =>
6945 New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon))));
6946 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Etype (Disc));
6948 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
6949 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
6951 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
6952 return;
6954 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
6955 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
6956 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
6957 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
6958 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
6959 -- yet, and this must be done now.
6961 else
6962 Rewrite (N, New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon)));
6963 Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
6964 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
6965 return;
6966 end if;
6967 end if;
6969 Next_Elmt (Dcon);
6970 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
6971 end loop Discr_Loop;
6973 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
6974 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
6975 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous error),
6976 -- so ignore.
6978 end if;
6979 end if;
6981 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
6982 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
6983 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
6984 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
6985 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
6987 if not Is_Concurrent_Type (Ptyp) then
6988 return;
6989 end if;
6991 Disc := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
6993 if Is_Derived_Type (Ptyp)
6994 and then Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc))
6995 then
6996 Disc := Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc);
6997 end if;
6999 New_N :=
7000 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7001 Prefix =>
7002 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (Ptyp),
7003 New_Copy_Tree (P)),
7004 Selector_Name => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc)));
7006 Rewrite (N, New_N);
7007 Analyze (N);
7008 end if;
7009 end Expand_N_Selected_Component;
7011 --------------------
7012 -- Expand_N_Slice --
7013 --------------------
7015 procedure Expand_N_Slice (N : Node_Id) is
7016 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7017 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7018 Pfx : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7019 Ptp : Entity_Id := Etype (Pfx);
7021 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7022 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
7023 -- which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
7024 -- call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
7025 -- have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
7026 -- that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
7027 -- Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
7028 -- IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
7029 -- is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
7030 -- processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
7031 -- which will take care of the slice.
7033 procedure Make_Temporary;
7034 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
7035 -- the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
7036 -- unaligned slices are involved.
7038 -------------------------
7039 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
7040 -------------------------
7042 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7043 Par : Node_Id := Parent (N);
7045 begin
7046 loop
7047 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
7049 if Nkind (Par) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement then
7050 return True;
7052 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
7053 -- since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
7054 -- climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
7055 -- since these are additional cases that do can appear on
7056 -- procedure actuals.
7058 elsif Nkind_In (Par, N_Type_Conversion,
7059 N_Parameter_Association,
7060 N_Qualified_Expression)
7061 then
7062 Par := Parent (Par);
7064 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
7066 else
7067 return False;
7068 end if;
7069 end loop;
7070 end Is_Procedure_Actual;
7072 --------------------
7073 -- Make_Temporary --
7074 --------------------
7076 procedure Make_Temporary is
7077 Decl : Node_Id;
7078 Ent : constant Entity_Id :=
7079 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7080 begin
7081 Decl :=
7082 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7083 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
7084 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
7086 Set_No_Initialization (Decl);
7088 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7089 Decl,
7090 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7091 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
7092 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))));
7094 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
7095 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7096 end Make_Temporary;
7098 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7100 begin
7101 -- Special handling for access types
7103 if Is_Access_Type (Ptp) then
7105 Ptp := Designated_Type (Ptp);
7107 Rewrite (Pfx,
7108 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Sloc (N),
7109 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Pfx)));
7111 Analyze_And_Resolve (Pfx, Ptp);
7112 end if;
7114 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7115 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7117 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7118 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Pfx)
7119 then
7120 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (Pfx);
7121 end if;
7123 -- Range checks are potentially also needed for cases involving a slice
7124 -- indexed by a subtype indication, but Do_Range_Check can currently
7125 -- only be set for expressions ???
7127 if not Index_Checks_Suppressed (Ptp)
7128 and then (not Is_Entity_Name (Pfx)
7129 or else not Index_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Pfx)))
7130 and then Nkind (Discrete_Range (N)) /= N_Subtype_Indication
7132 -- Do not enable range check to nodes associated with the frontend
7133 -- expansion of the dispatch table. We first check if Ada.Tags is
7134 -- already loaded to avoid the addition of an undesired dependence
7135 -- on such run-time unit.
7137 and then
7138 (VM_Target /= No_VM
7139 or else not
7140 (RTU_Loaded (Ada_Tags)
7141 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Selected_Component
7142 and then Present (Entity (Selector_Name (Prefix (N))))
7143 and then Entity (Selector_Name (Prefix (N))) =
7144 RTE_Record_Component (RE_Prims_Ptr)))
7145 then
7146 Enable_Range_Check (Discrete_Range (N));
7147 end if;
7149 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7150 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7152 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7153 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7155 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
7156 -- case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7158 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
7159 -- slice, not the value.
7161 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
7162 -- be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
7163 -- itself.
7165 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
7166 -- elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
7167 -- error message).
7169 if not Is_Packed (Typ) then
7171 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
7172 -- Expand_Actuals is not used.
7174 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Function_Call
7175 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice (N)
7176 then
7177 Make_Temporary;
7178 end if;
7180 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7181 or else (Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7182 and then Parent (N) = Name (Parent (Parent (N))))
7183 then
7184 return;
7186 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Indexed_Component
7187 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7188 or else Is_Procedure_Actual (N)
7189 then
7190 return;
7192 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7193 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Address
7194 then
7195 return;
7197 else
7198 Make_Temporary;
7199 end if;
7200 end Expand_N_Slice;
7202 ------------------------------
7203 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7204 ------------------------------
7206 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
7207 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7208 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7209 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7210 Operand_Type : Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7212 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation;
7213 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
7214 -- see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
7215 -- representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
7216 -- and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
7217 -- assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
7218 -- then the conversion node is unchanged.
7220 procedure Real_Range_Check;
7221 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7223 -----------------------------------
7224 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7225 -----------------------------------
7227 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation is
7228 Temp : Entity_Id;
7229 Decl : Node_Id;
7230 Odef : Node_Id;
7231 Disc : Node_Id;
7232 N_Ix : Node_Id;
7233 Cons : List_Id;
7235 begin
7236 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
7238 if Same_Representation (Operand_Type, Target_Type) then
7239 return;
7241 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
7242 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
7243 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
7244 -- done to the conversion.
7246 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
7247 return;
7249 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
7250 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
7251 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
7253 else
7254 Cons := No_List;
7256 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
7257 -- from the actual value of the left hand side.
7259 if not Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7260 if Has_Discriminants (Operand_Type) then
7261 Disc := First_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7263 if Disc /= First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type) then
7264 Disc := First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7265 end if;
7267 Cons := New_List;
7268 while Present (Disc) loop
7269 Append_To (Cons,
7270 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7271 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (Operand),
7272 Selector_Name =>
7273 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc))));
7274 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7275 end loop;
7277 elsif Is_Array_Type (Operand_Type) then
7278 N_Ix := First_Index (Target_Type);
7279 Cons := New_List;
7281 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Operand_Type) loop
7283 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
7284 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
7286 Append_To (Cons,
7287 Make_Range (Loc,
7288 Low_Bound =>
7289 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7290 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7291 Prefix =>
7292 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7293 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7294 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7295 Expressions => New_List (
7296 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)))),
7298 High_Bound =>
7299 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7300 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7301 Prefix =>
7302 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7303 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7304 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7305 Expressions => New_List (
7306 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J))))));
7308 Next_Index (N_Ix);
7309 end loop;
7310 end if;
7311 end if;
7313 Odef := New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc);
7315 if Present (Cons) then
7316 Odef :=
7317 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
7318 Subtype_Mark => Odef,
7319 Constraint =>
7320 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
7321 Constraints => Cons));
7322 end if;
7324 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
7325 Decl :=
7326 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7327 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
7328 Object_Definition => Odef);
7330 Set_No_Initialization (Decl, True);
7332 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
7333 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
7334 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
7336 Insert_Actions (N,
7337 New_List (
7338 Decl,
7339 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7340 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
7341 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))),
7342 Suppress => All_Checks);
7344 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc));
7345 return;
7346 end if;
7347 end Handle_Changed_Representation;
7349 ----------------------
7350 -- Real_Range_Check --
7351 ----------------------
7353 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
7354 -- are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
7356 -- typ (x)
7358 -- to
7360 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
7361 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
7362 -- Tnn
7364 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
7365 -- to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
7366 -- necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
7367 -- Do_Range_Check flag.
7369 procedure Real_Range_Check is
7370 Btyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Target_Type);
7371 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type);
7372 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Target_Type);
7373 Xtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7374 Conv : Node_Id;
7375 Tnn : Entity_Id;
7377 begin
7378 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
7380 if Nkind (N) /= N_Type_Conversion then
7381 return;
7382 end if;
7384 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
7385 -- range as the base type (or is the base type).
7387 if Range_Checks_Suppressed (Target_Type)
7388 or else (Lo = Type_Low_Bound (Btyp)
7389 and then
7390 Hi = Type_High_Bound (Btyp))
7391 then
7392 return;
7393 end if;
7395 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
7396 -- suppressed.
7398 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7399 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Operand))
7400 then
7401 return;
7402 end if;
7404 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
7405 -- expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
7406 -- operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
7407 -- not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
7409 declare
7410 S_Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Xtyp);
7411 S_Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Xtyp);
7413 begin
7414 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7415 or else Is_Constrained (Xtyp))
7416 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Lo)
7417 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Hi)
7418 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
7419 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
7420 then
7421 declare
7422 D_Lov : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Lo);
7423 D_Hiv : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Hi);
7424 S_Lov : Ureal;
7425 S_Hiv : Ureal;
7427 begin
7428 if Is_Real_Type (Xtyp) then
7429 S_Lov := Expr_Value_R (S_Lo);
7430 S_Hiv := Expr_Value_R (S_Hi);
7431 else
7432 S_Lov := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Lo));
7433 S_Hiv := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Hi));
7434 end if;
7436 if D_Hiv > D_Lov
7437 and then S_Lov >= D_Lov
7438 and then S_Hiv <= D_Hiv
7439 then
7440 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7441 return;
7442 end if;
7443 end;
7444 end if;
7445 end;
7447 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
7449 if Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7450 and then
7451 Is_Floating_Point_Type (Btyp)
7452 then
7453 return;
7454 end if;
7456 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
7458 Conv := Relocate_Node (N);
7459 Rewrite
7460 (Subtype_Mark (Conv), New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc));
7461 Set_Etype (Conv, Btyp);
7463 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
7464 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
7465 -- this case.
7467 if not Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Operand)) then
7468 Enable_Overflow_Check (Conv);
7469 end if;
7471 Tnn :=
7472 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
7473 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7475 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7476 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7477 Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
7478 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc),
7479 Expression => Conv),
7481 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
7482 Condition =>
7483 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
7484 Left_Opnd =>
7485 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
7486 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7487 Right_Opnd =>
7488 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7489 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7490 Prefix =>
7491 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc))),
7493 Right_Opnd =>
7494 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
7495 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7496 Right_Opnd =>
7497 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7498 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7499 Prefix =>
7500 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc)))),
7501 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed)));
7503 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
7504 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Btyp);
7505 end Real_Range_Check;
7507 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
7509 begin
7510 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
7511 -- the conversion completely, it is useless.
7513 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
7514 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
7515 return;
7516 end if;
7518 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
7519 -- "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
7520 -- in attribute processing.
7522 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7523 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Read
7524 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parent (N)))) = N
7525 then
7526 return;
7527 end if;
7529 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
7531 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7533 if Validity_Checks_On
7534 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7535 then
7536 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
7537 end if;
7539 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
7541 if Is_Boolean_Type (Operand_Type)
7542 and then (Nonzero_Is_True (Operand_Type))
7543 then
7544 Adjust_Condition (Operand);
7545 Set_Etype (Operand, Standard_Boolean);
7546 Operand_Type := Standard_Boolean;
7547 end if;
7549 -- Case of converting to an access type
7551 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7553 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
7554 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
7555 -- expanded from an unchecked or unrestricted access attribute. Note
7556 -- that other checks may still need to be applied below (such as
7557 -- tagged type checks).
7559 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7560 and then
7561 (Is_Formal (Entity (Operand))
7562 or else
7563 (Present (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
7564 and then Is_Entity_Name (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
7565 and then Is_Formal
7566 (Entity (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand))))))
7567 and then Ekind (Etype (Operand)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
7568 and then (Nkind (Original_Node (N)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
7569 or else Attribute_Name (Original_Node (N)) = Name_Access)
7570 then
7571 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7573 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper then the
7574 -- level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
7575 -- can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
7576 -- an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
7577 -- rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
7578 -- for the instance cases.
7580 elsif In_Instance_Body
7581 and then Type_Access_Level (Operand_Type) >
7582 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
7583 then
7584 Rewrite (N,
7585 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7586 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7587 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7589 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
7590 -- to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
7591 -- of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
7592 -- (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
7593 -- of an instantiation).
7595 elsif In_Instance_Body
7596 and then Ekind (Operand_Type) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
7597 and then Nkind (Operand) = N_Selected_Component
7598 and then Object_Access_Level (Operand) >
7599 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
7600 then
7601 Rewrite (N,
7602 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7603 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7604 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7605 end if;
7606 end if;
7608 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
7610 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
7611 -- runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
7612 -- membership test, generating:
7614 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
7616 -- or in the access type case
7618 -- [constraint_error
7619 -- when Operand /= null
7620 -- and then Operand.all not in
7621 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
7623 if (Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
7624 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Designated_Type (Target_Type)))
7625 or else Is_Tagged_Type (Target_Type)
7626 then
7627 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
7628 -- renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
7629 -- Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
7631 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
7632 and then Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7633 then
7634 return;
7635 end if;
7637 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
7639 declare
7640 Actual_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
7641 Actual_Targ_Typ : Entity_Id;
7642 Make_Conversion : Boolean := False;
7643 Root_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
7645 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id);
7646 -- Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
7647 -- of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
7648 -- a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
7650 --------------------
7651 -- Make_Tag_Check --
7652 --------------------
7654 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id) is
7655 Cond : Node_Id;
7657 begin
7658 -- Generate:
7659 -- [Constraint_Error
7660 -- when Operand /= null
7661 -- and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
7663 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7664 Cond :=
7665 Make_And_Then (Loc,
7666 Left_Opnd =>
7667 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
7668 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
7669 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
7671 Right_Opnd =>
7672 Make_Not_In (Loc,
7673 Left_Opnd =>
7674 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
7675 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand)),
7676 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc)));
7678 -- Generate:
7679 -- [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
7681 else
7682 Cond :=
7683 Make_Not_In (Loc,
7684 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
7685 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc));
7686 end if;
7688 Insert_Action (N,
7689 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
7690 Condition => Cond,
7691 Reason => CE_Tag_Check_Failed));
7692 end Make_Tag_Check;
7694 -- Start of processing
7696 begin
7697 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7698 Actual_Op_Typ := Designated_Type (Operand_Type);
7699 Actual_Targ_Typ := Designated_Type (Target_Type);
7701 else
7702 Actual_Op_Typ := Operand_Type;
7703 Actual_Targ_Typ := Target_Type;
7704 end if;
7706 Root_Op_Typ := Root_Type (Actual_Op_Typ);
7708 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
7710 if Is_Interface (Actual_Op_Typ) then
7711 Expand_Interface_Conversion (N, Is_Static => False);
7712 return;
7713 end if;
7715 if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed (Actual_Targ_Typ) then
7717 -- Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
7718 -- conversion.
7720 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Op_Typ)
7721 and then Root_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
7722 and then Is_Ancestor (Root_Op_Typ, Actual_Targ_Typ)
7723 then
7724 Make_Tag_Check (Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Targ_Typ));
7725 Make_Conversion := True;
7726 end if;
7728 -- AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
7729 -- by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
7730 -- T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
7731 -- of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
7732 -- Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
7734 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = Sinfo.N_Return_Statement then
7735 declare
7736 Func : Entity_Id;
7737 Func_Typ : Entity_Id;
7739 begin
7740 -- Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
7742 Func := Current_Scope;
7743 while Present (Func)
7744 and then Ekind (Func) /= E_Function
7745 loop
7746 Func := Scope (Func);
7747 end loop;
7749 -- The function's return subtype must be defined using
7750 -- an access definition.
7752 if Nkind (Result_Definition (Parent (Func))) =
7753 N_Access_Definition
7754 then
7755 Func_Typ := Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (Func));
7757 -- The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
7758 -- in other words, a non class-wide type.
7760 if Is_Tagged_Type (Func_Typ)
7761 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Func_Typ)
7762 then
7763 Make_Tag_Check (Actual_Targ_Typ);
7764 Make_Conversion := True;
7765 end if;
7766 end if;
7767 end;
7768 end if;
7770 -- We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
7771 -- conversion or for AI05-0073.
7773 if Make_Conversion then
7774 declare
7775 Conv : Node_Id;
7776 begin
7777 Conv :=
7778 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
7779 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
7780 Expression => Relocate_Node (Expression (N)));
7781 Rewrite (N, Conv);
7782 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
7783 end;
7784 end if;
7785 end if;
7786 end;
7788 -- Case of other access type conversions
7790 elsif Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7791 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7793 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
7795 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
7796 -- the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
7797 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
7798 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
7800 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
7801 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
7802 then
7803 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
7804 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
7805 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
7807 pragma Assert (Operand_Type /= Universal_Fixed);
7809 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
7810 -- occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
7811 -- the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
7812 -- the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
7814 if Target_Type = Universal_Real
7815 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7816 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Round
7817 then
7818 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
7819 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (N)));
7820 end if;
7822 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
7823 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of
7824 -- view these are simple integer conversions needing no further
7825 -- processing (the backend will simply treat them as integers)
7827 if not Conversion_OK (N) then
7828 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Etype (N)) then
7829 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed (N);
7830 Real_Range_Check;
7832 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7833 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer (N);
7835 else
7836 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (N)));
7837 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float (N);
7838 Real_Range_Check;
7839 end if;
7840 end if;
7842 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
7844 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
7845 -- the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
7846 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
7847 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
7849 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type)
7850 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
7851 then
7852 if Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type) then
7853 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed (N);
7854 Real_Range_Check;
7855 else
7856 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type));
7857 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed (N);
7858 Real_Range_Check;
7859 end if;
7861 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
7863 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
7864 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
7865 -- were an integer in such cases.
7867 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
7868 and then
7869 (Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
7870 or else
7871 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type) and then Conversion_OK (N)))
7872 then
7873 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
7874 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
7875 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
7876 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
7877 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
7878 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
7879 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats
7881 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
7882 -- Can this code be removed ???
7884 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
7885 Rewrite (Operand,
7886 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
7887 Subtype_Mark =>
7888 New_Occurrence_Of (Universal_Real, Loc),
7889 Expression =>
7890 Relocate_Node (Operand)));
7892 Set_Etype (Operand, Universal_Real);
7893 Enable_Range_Check (Operand);
7894 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expression (Operand), False);
7895 end if;
7897 -- Case of array conversions
7899 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
7900 -- only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
7901 -- this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
7903 elsif Is_Array_Type (Target_Type) then
7905 if Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7906 Apply_Length_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7907 else
7908 Apply_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7909 end if;
7911 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7913 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
7915 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
7916 -- change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
7918 elsif Has_Discriminants (Target_Type)
7919 and then Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
7920 then
7921 Apply_Discriminant_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7922 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7924 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
7925 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
7926 -- assignment processing.
7928 elsif Is_Record_Type (Target_Type) then
7930 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
7931 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
7932 -- not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
7934 if Is_Derived_Type (Operand_Type)
7935 and then Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Operand_Type))
7936 and then not Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
7937 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Target_Type))
7938 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Operand)
7939 then
7940 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
7941 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
7942 -- conversion.
7944 declare
7945 PE : constant Node_Id := Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
7946 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
7948 begin
7949 Set_Etype (PE, Target_Type);
7950 Rewrite (N, PE);
7952 end;
7953 else
7954 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7955 end if;
7957 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
7959 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Target_Type) then
7961 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
7962 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses)
7964 if not Same_Representation (Target_Type, Operand_Type) then
7966 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
7968 Rewrite (N,
7969 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7970 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
7971 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
7972 Expressions => New_List (
7973 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7974 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Operand_Type, Loc),
7975 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
7976 Expressions => New_List (Operand)))));
7978 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
7979 end if;
7981 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
7983 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Target_Type) then
7984 Real_Range_Check;
7985 end if;
7987 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
7988 -- some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can
7989 -- be handled by Gigi. The conversions that Gigi can handle are the
7990 -- following:
7992 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
7994 -- Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
7995 -- values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
7996 -- set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
7998 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
8000 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
8002 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
8003 -- a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
8004 -- do this only for conversions of discrete types.
8006 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8007 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N))
8008 then
8009 declare
8010 Expr : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8011 Ftyp : Entity_Id;
8012 Ityp : Entity_Id;
8014 begin
8015 if Do_Range_Check (Expr)
8016 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (Expr))
8017 then
8018 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expr, False);
8020 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
8021 -- fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
8022 -- simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
8023 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
8025 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
8026 -- with discrete types so far ???
8028 if Nkind (Expr) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
8029 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (Expr)
8030 then
8031 Ftyp := Base_Type (Etype (Expr));
8033 if Esize (Ftyp) >= Esize (Standard_Integer) then
8034 Ityp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
8035 else
8036 Ityp := Standard_Integer;
8037 end if;
8039 Rewrite (Expr, Unchecked_Convert_To (Ityp, Expr));
8040 end if;
8042 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
8043 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check If
8044 -- Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
8045 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
8046 -- integer type.
8048 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, False);
8049 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (Expr))
8050 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type)
8051 then
8052 Generate_Range_Check
8053 (Expr, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
8054 end if;
8055 end if;
8056 end;
8057 end if;
8059 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
8060 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
8062 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8063 and then (Vax_Float (Operand_Type) or else Vax_Float (Target_Type))
8064 then
8065 Expand_Vax_Conversion (N);
8066 return;
8067 end if;
8068 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion;
8070 -----------------------------------
8071 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
8072 -----------------------------------
8074 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. It's job was simply
8075 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
8076 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
8077 -- indeed must, since gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
8079 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
8080 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8082 begin
8083 Set_Assignment_OK (Exp, Assignment_OK (N) or Assignment_OK (Exp));
8084 Rewrite (N, Exp);
8085 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression;
8087 ----------------------------------------
8088 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
8089 ----------------------------------------
8091 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
8092 -- temporary for it, do it now.
8094 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
8095 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8096 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8097 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
8099 begin
8100 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
8101 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
8102 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
8103 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
8104 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
8106 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
8107 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
8108 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
8110 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
8111 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
8112 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
8114 if Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8115 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Target_Type)
8116 and then Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
8117 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Operand_Type)
8118 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Operand)
8119 and then not Kill_Range_Check (N)
8120 then
8121 declare
8122 Val : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Operand);
8124 begin
8125 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8126 and then
8127 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8128 and then
8129 Val >= Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8130 and then
8131 Val <= Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8132 then
8133 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (N), Val));
8135 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
8136 -- spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
8137 -- integer type.
8139 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type) then
8140 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
8141 else
8142 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8143 end if;
8145 return;
8146 end if;
8147 end;
8148 end if;
8150 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
8152 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N) then
8153 return;
8154 end if;
8156 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
8157 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
8159 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8160 null;
8161 else
8162 Force_Evaluation (N);
8163 end if;
8164 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion;
8166 ----------------------------
8167 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
8168 ----------------------------
8170 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
8172 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8173 -- and then ...
8174 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
8175 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
8176 -- and then ...
8177 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8179 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
8180 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
8181 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
8182 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
8184 function Expand_Record_Equality
8185 (Nod : Node_Id;
8186 Typ : Entity_Id;
8187 Lhs : Node_Id;
8188 Rhs : Node_Id;
8189 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
8191 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8193 Result : Node_Id;
8194 C : Entity_Id;
8196 First_Time : Boolean := True;
8198 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
8199 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
8200 -- inherited components.
8202 ----------------------
8203 -- Suitable_Element --
8204 ----------------------
8206 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id is
8207 begin
8208 if No (C) then
8209 return Empty;
8211 elsif Ekind (C) /= E_Discriminant
8212 and then Ekind (C) /= E_Component
8213 then
8214 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8216 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
8217 and then C /= Original_Record_Component (C)
8218 then
8219 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8221 elsif Chars (C) = Name_uController
8222 or else Chars (C) = Name_uTag
8223 then
8224 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8226 elsif Is_Interface (Etype (C)) then
8227 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8229 else
8230 return C;
8231 end if;
8232 end Suitable_Element;
8234 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
8236 begin
8237 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
8238 -- component C2 is also a record)
8240 -- True
8241 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8242 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
8243 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
8244 -- and then ...
8245 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8247 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
8248 C := Suitable_Element (First_Entity (Typ));
8250 while Present (C) loop
8251 declare
8252 New_Lhs : Node_Id;
8253 New_Rhs : Node_Id;
8254 Check : Node_Id;
8256 begin
8257 if First_Time then
8258 First_Time := False;
8259 New_Lhs := Lhs;
8260 New_Rhs := Rhs;
8261 else
8262 New_Lhs := New_Copy_Tree (Lhs);
8263 New_Rhs := New_Copy_Tree (Rhs);
8264 end if;
8266 Check :=
8267 Expand_Composite_Equality (Nod, Etype (C),
8268 Lhs =>
8269 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8270 Prefix => New_Lhs,
8271 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8272 Rhs =>
8273 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8274 Prefix => New_Rhs,
8275 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8276 Bodies => Bodies);
8278 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
8279 -- operation will raise program error.
8281 if Nkind (Check) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
8282 Result := Check;
8283 Set_Etype (Result, Standard_Boolean);
8284 exit;
8285 else
8286 Result :=
8287 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8288 Left_Opnd => Result,
8289 Right_Opnd => Check);
8290 end if;
8291 end;
8293 C := Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8294 end loop;
8296 return Result;
8297 end Expand_Record_Equality;
8299 -------------------------------------
8300 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
8301 -------------------------------------
8303 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id) is
8304 Conv : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8306 begin
8307 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
8309 pragma Assert (Nkind (Conv) = N_Type_Conversion);
8311 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
8312 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
8313 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
8314 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
8316 if Nkind (Parent (Conv)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8317 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (Conv)) = Name_Round
8318 then
8319 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (Conv)));
8320 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8322 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
8324 else
8325 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Conv));
8326 end if;
8327 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation;
8329 ------------------------------
8330 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
8331 ------------------------------
8333 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
8334 (N : Node_Id;
8335 T : Entity_Id;
8336 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id
8338 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8340 Owner : Entity_Id := PtrT;
8341 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
8342 -- allocated object.
8344 begin
8345 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
8347 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
8348 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
8349 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
8350 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
8351 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
8352 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
8353 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
8354 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
8355 -- anonymous access result type.
8357 if Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
8358 in N_Subprogram_Specification
8359 and then
8360 PtrT /=
8361 Etype (Defining_Unit_Name (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)))
8362 then
8363 Owner := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('J'));
8364 Insert_Action (N,
8365 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
8366 Defining_Identifier => Owner,
8367 Type_Definition =>
8368 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
8369 Subtype_Indication =>
8370 New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc))));
8372 Build_Final_List (N, Owner);
8373 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT, Associated_Final_Chain (Owner));
8375 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
8376 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
8377 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
8378 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
8379 -- declared.
8381 elsif Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)) = N_Object_Declaration
8382 and then Ekind (Scope (PtrT)) = E_Return_Statement
8383 then
8384 Owner := Scope (Return_Applies_To (Scope (PtrT)));
8386 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005), of an anonymous
8387 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
8388 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
8389 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
8390 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
8391 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
8393 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
8394 Owner := Scope (PtrT);
8395 end if;
8396 end if;
8398 return Find_Final_List (Owner);
8399 end Get_Allocator_Final_List;
8401 ---------------------------------
8402 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
8403 ---------------------------------
8405 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8407 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
8408 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
8409 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
8411 --------------------------------
8412 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
8413 --------------------------------
8415 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8416 Sel_Comp : Node_Id := N;
8418 begin
8419 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
8421 while Present (Parent (Sel_Comp))
8422 and then Nkind (Parent (Sel_Comp)) = N_Selected_Component
8423 loop
8424 Sel_Comp := Parent (Sel_Comp);
8425 end loop;
8427 return Ekind (Entity (Prefix (Sel_Comp))) in Formal_Kind;
8428 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter;
8430 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
8432 begin
8433 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
8434 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
8436 if Nkind_In (N, N_Identifier, N_Indexed_Component) then
8437 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (N)))
8438 and then
8439 Is_Constrained (Etype (N));
8441 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
8442 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
8443 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
8444 -- discriminants.
8446 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
8447 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) then
8449 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
8450 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
8451 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
8453 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N) then
8454 return True;
8455 end if;
8457 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
8459 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Prefix (N))
8460 and then
8461 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8462 end if;
8464 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
8465 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
8467 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8469 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
8470 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
8472 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Qualified_Expression then
8473 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Subtype_Mark (N))
8474 and then
8475 Is_Constrained (Subtype_Mark (N));
8477 end if;
8479 return False;
8480 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants;
8482 -------------------------------
8483 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
8484 -------------------------------
8486 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id) is
8487 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8488 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8489 Pool : constant Entity_Id := Associated_Storage_Pool (Typ);
8490 Pnod : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8492 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
8493 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
8495 -----------------------------
8496 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
8497 -----------------------------
8499 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
8500 T : Entity_Id;
8502 begin
8503 if No (P) then
8504 return False;
8505 end if;
8507 T := Etype (P);
8508 while T /= Etype (T) loop
8509 if Is_RTE (T, RE_Checked_Pool) then
8510 return True;
8511 else
8512 T := Etype (T);
8513 end if;
8514 end loop;
8516 return False;
8517 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool;
8519 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
8521 begin
8522 pragma Assert (Nkind (Pnod) = N_Explicit_Dereference);
8524 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (Pool)
8525 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (Pnod)))
8526 then
8527 return;
8528 end if;
8530 Insert_Action (N,
8531 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
8532 Name => New_Reference_To (
8533 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Dereference), Loc),
8535 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
8537 -- Pool
8539 New_Reference_To (Pool, Loc),
8541 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
8542 -- the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
8543 -- handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
8544 -- of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
8545 -- allocation.
8547 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8548 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N),
8549 Attribute_Name => Name_Pool_Address),
8551 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
8553 Make_Op_Divide (Loc,
8554 Left_Opnd =>
8555 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8556 Prefix =>
8557 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8558 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
8559 Attribute_Name => Name_Size),
8560 Right_Opnd =>
8561 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, System_Storage_Unit)),
8563 -- Alignment
8565 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8566 Prefix =>
8567 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8568 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
8569 Attribute_Name => Name_Alignment))));
8571 exception
8572 when RE_Not_Available =>
8573 return;
8574 end Insert_Dereference_Action;
8576 ------------------------------
8577 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
8578 ------------------------------
8580 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
8582 -- generic
8583 -- type elem is (<>);
8584 -- type index is (<>);
8585 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
8587 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
8588 -- J : index := Y'first;
8590 -- begin
8591 -- if X'length = 0 then
8592 -- return false;
8594 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
8595 -- return true;
8597 -- else
8598 -- for I in X'range loop
8599 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
8600 -- if J = Y'last then
8601 -- exit;
8602 -- else
8603 -- J := index'succ (J);
8604 -- end if;
8606 -- else
8607 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
8608 -- end if;
8609 -- end loop;
8611 -- return X'length > Y'length;
8612 -- end if;
8613 -- end Gnnn;
8615 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
8616 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
8617 -- instantiated function itself.
8619 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
8620 (Typ : Entity_Id;
8621 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id
8623 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8625 X : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uX);
8626 Y : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uY);
8627 I : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI);
8628 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
8630 Index : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (First_Index (Typ)));
8632 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
8633 Loop_Body : Node_Id;
8634 If_Stat : Node_Id;
8635 Inner_If : Node_Id;
8636 Final_Expr : Node_Id;
8637 Func_Body : Node_Id;
8638 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
8639 Formals : List_Id;
8640 Length1 : Node_Id;
8641 Length2 : Node_Id;
8643 begin
8644 -- if J = Y'last then
8645 -- exit;
8646 -- else
8647 -- J := index'succ (J);
8648 -- end if;
8650 Inner_If :=
8651 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8652 Condition =>
8653 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8654 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
8655 Right_Opnd =>
8656 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8657 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8658 Attribute_Name => Name_Last)),
8660 Then_Statements => New_List (
8661 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)),
8663 Else_Statements =>
8664 New_List (
8665 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8666 Name => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
8667 Expression =>
8668 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8669 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
8670 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
8671 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc))))));
8673 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
8674 -- if ... end if;
8675 -- else
8676 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
8677 -- end if;
8679 Loop_Body :=
8680 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8681 Condition =>
8682 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8683 Left_Opnd =>
8684 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8685 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8686 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
8688 Right_Opnd =>
8689 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8690 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8691 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))),
8693 Then_Statements => New_List (Inner_If),
8695 Else_Statements => New_List (
8696 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8697 Expression =>
8698 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8699 Left_Opnd =>
8700 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8701 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8702 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
8704 Right_Opnd =>
8705 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8706 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8707 Expressions => New_List (
8708 New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))))));
8710 -- for I in X'range loop
8711 -- if ... end if;
8712 -- end loop;
8714 Loop_Statement :=
8715 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
8716 Identifier => Empty,
8718 Iteration_Scheme =>
8719 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
8720 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
8721 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8722 Defining_Identifier => I,
8723 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
8724 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8725 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8726 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
8728 Statements => New_List (Loop_Body));
8730 -- if X'length = 0 then
8731 -- return false;
8732 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
8733 -- return true;
8734 -- else
8735 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
8736 -- return X'length > Y'length;
8737 -- end if;
8739 Length1 :=
8740 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8741 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8742 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
8744 Length2 :=
8745 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8746 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8747 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
8749 Final_Expr :=
8750 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8751 Left_Opnd => Length1,
8752 Right_Opnd => Length2);
8754 If_Stat :=
8755 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8756 Condition =>
8757 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8758 Left_Opnd =>
8759 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8760 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8761 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
8762 Right_Opnd =>
8763 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
8765 Then_Statements =>
8766 New_List (
8767 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8768 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc))),
8770 Elsif_Parts => New_List (
8771 Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
8772 Condition =>
8773 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8774 Left_Opnd =>
8775 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8776 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8777 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
8778 Right_Opnd =>
8779 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
8781 Then_Statements =>
8782 New_List (
8783 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8784 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc))))),
8786 Else_Statements => New_List (
8787 Loop_Statement,
8788 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8789 Expression => Final_Expr)));
8791 -- (X : a; Y: a)
8793 Formals := New_List (
8794 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8795 Defining_Identifier => X,
8796 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8798 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8799 Defining_Identifier => Y,
8800 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
8802 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
8803 -- J : index := Y'first;
8804 -- begin
8805 -- if ... end if;
8806 -- end Gnnn;
8808 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('G'));
8810 Func_Body :=
8811 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
8812 Specification =>
8813 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
8814 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
8815 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
8816 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
8818 Declarations => New_List (
8819 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8820 Defining_Identifier => J,
8821 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
8822 Expression =>
8823 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8824 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8825 Attribute_Name => Name_First))),
8827 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
8828 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
8829 Statements => New_List (If_Stat)));
8831 return Func_Body;
8832 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op;
8834 ---------------------------
8835 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
8836 ---------------------------
8838 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
8839 -- replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
8841 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
8842 -- C : typ;
8843 -- begin
8844 -- for J in A'range loop
8845 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
8846 -- end loop;
8847 -- return C;
8848 -- end Annn;
8850 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
8852 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
8853 (Typ : Entity_Id;
8854 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id
8856 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8858 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
8859 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
8860 C : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uC);
8861 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
8863 A_J : Node_Id;
8864 B_J : Node_Id;
8865 C_J : Node_Id;
8866 Op : Node_Id;
8868 Formals : List_Id;
8869 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
8870 Func_Body : Node_Id;
8871 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
8873 begin
8874 A_J :=
8875 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8876 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
8877 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8879 B_J :=
8880 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8881 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
8882 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8884 C_J :=
8885 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8886 Prefix => New_Reference_To (C, Loc),
8887 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8889 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_And then
8890 Op :=
8891 Make_Op_And (Loc,
8892 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8893 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8895 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Op_Or then
8896 Op :=
8897 Make_Op_Or (Loc,
8898 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8899 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8901 else
8902 Op :=
8903 Make_Op_Xor (Loc,
8904 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8905 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8906 end if;
8908 Loop_Statement :=
8909 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
8910 Identifier => Empty,
8912 Iteration_Scheme =>
8913 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
8914 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
8915 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8916 Defining_Identifier => J,
8917 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
8918 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8919 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
8920 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
8922 Statements => New_List (
8923 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8924 Name => C_J,
8925 Expression => Op)));
8927 Formals := New_List (
8928 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8929 Defining_Identifier => A,
8930 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8932 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8933 Defining_Identifier => B,
8934 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
8936 Func_Name :=
8937 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('A'));
8938 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
8940 Func_Body :=
8941 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
8942 Specification =>
8943 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
8944 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
8945 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
8946 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8948 Declarations => New_List (
8949 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8950 Defining_Identifier => C,
8951 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
8953 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
8954 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
8955 Statements => New_List (
8956 Loop_Statement,
8957 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8958 Expression => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)))));
8960 return Func_Body;
8961 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op;
8963 ------------------------
8964 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
8965 ------------------------
8967 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
8968 begin
8969 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion then
8970 Rewrite_Comparison (Expression (N));
8971 return;
8973 elsif Nkind (N) not in N_Op_Compare then
8974 return;
8975 end if;
8977 declare
8978 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8979 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
8980 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
8982 Res : constant Compare_Result := Compile_Time_Compare (Op1, Op2);
8983 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
8985 True_Result : Boolean;
8986 False_Result : Boolean;
8988 begin
8989 case N_Op_Compare (Nkind (N)) is
8990 when N_Op_Eq =>
8991 True_Result := Res = EQ;
8992 False_Result := Res = LT or else Res = GT or else Res = NE;
8994 when N_Op_Ge =>
8995 True_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
8996 False_Result := Res = LT;
8998 if Res = LE
8999 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9000 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9001 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Ge
9002 and then not In_Instance
9003 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9004 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9005 then
9006 Error_Msg_N
9007 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9008 end if;
9010 when N_Op_Gt =>
9011 True_Result := Res = GT;
9012 False_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9014 when N_Op_Lt =>
9015 True_Result := Res = LT;
9016 False_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9018 when N_Op_Le =>
9019 True_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9020 False_Result := Res = GT;
9022 if Res = GE
9023 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9024 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9025 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Le
9026 and then not In_Instance
9027 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9028 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9029 then
9030 Error_Msg_N
9031 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9032 end if;
9034 when N_Op_Ne =>
9035 True_Result := Res = NE or else Res = GT or else Res = LT;
9036 False_Result := Res = EQ;
9037 end case;
9039 if True_Result then
9040 Rewrite (N,
9041 Convert_To (Typ,
9042 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Sloc (N))));
9043 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
9044 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
9046 elsif False_Result then
9047 Rewrite (N,
9048 Convert_To (Typ,
9049 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Sloc (N))));
9050 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
9051 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
9052 end if;
9053 end;
9054 end Rewrite_Comparison;
9056 ----------------------------
9057 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
9058 ----------------------------
9060 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9061 (Lhs : Node_Id;
9062 Op1 : Node_Id;
9063 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean
9065 Target : Entity_Id;
9067 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9068 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
9069 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
9070 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
9072 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9073 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
9075 ------------------
9076 -- Is_Unaliased --
9077 ------------------
9079 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9080 begin
9081 return
9082 Is_Entity_Name (N)
9083 and then No (Address_Clause (Entity (N)))
9084 and then No (Renamed_Object (Entity (N)));
9085 end Is_Unaliased;
9087 ---------------------
9088 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
9089 ---------------------
9091 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9092 begin
9093 if No (Op) then
9094 return True;
9096 elsif Is_Entity_Name (Op) then
9097 return Is_Unaliased (Op);
9099 elsif Nkind_In (Op, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component) then
9100 return Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op));
9102 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Slice then
9103 return
9104 Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op))
9105 and then Entity (Prefix (Op)) /= Target;
9107 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Op_Not then
9108 return Is_Safe_Operand (Right_Opnd (Op));
9110 else
9111 return False;
9112 end if;
9113 end Is_Safe_Operand;
9115 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9117 begin
9118 -- Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
9119 -- storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
9121 if Component_Size (Etype (Lhs)) /= System_Storage_Unit then
9122 return False;
9124 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
9126 elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
9127 return False;
9129 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
9131 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep (Component_Type (Etype (Lhs))) then
9132 return False;
9134 elsif not Is_Unaliased (Lhs) then
9135 return False;
9136 else
9137 Target := Entity (Lhs);
9139 return
9140 Is_Safe_Operand (Op1)
9141 and then Is_Safe_Operand (Op2);
9142 end if;
9143 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op;
9145 -----------------------
9146 -- Tagged_Membership --
9147 -----------------------
9149 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
9150 -- operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
9151 -- tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
9153 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
9155 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
9156 -- usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
9157 -- dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9159 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
9160 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
9161 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
9162 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9164 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
9165 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9166 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9167 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9169 Left_Type : Entity_Id;
9170 Right_Type : Entity_Id;
9171 Obj_Tag : Node_Id;
9173 begin
9174 Left_Type := Etype (Left);
9175 Right_Type := Etype (Right);
9177 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type) then
9178 Left_Type := Root_Type (Left_Type);
9179 end if;
9181 Obj_Tag :=
9182 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
9183 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Left),
9184 Selector_Name =>
9185 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Left_Type), Loc));
9187 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
9189 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
9190 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
9191 -- considering the following declarations:
9193 -- type Iface is interface;
9194 -- type T is tagged null record;
9195 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
9197 -- Obj1 : T;
9198 -- Obj2 : DT;
9200 -- These membership tests are always true:
9202 -- Obj1 in T'Class
9203 -- Obj2 in T'Class;
9204 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
9206 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
9207 -- For example:
9209 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
9210 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
9212 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type)
9213 and then (Is_Ancestor (Etype (Right_Type), Left_Type)
9214 or else (Is_Interface (Etype (Right_Type))
9215 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
9216 (Typ => Left_Type,
9217 Iface => Etype (Right_Type))))
9218 then
9219 return New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
9220 end if;
9222 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
9224 if Is_Interface (Etype (Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type)))
9226 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
9228 or else Is_Interface (Left_Type)
9229 then
9230 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
9231 -- configurable run time setting.
9233 if not RTE_Available (RE_IW_Membership) then
9234 Error_Msg_CRT
9235 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N);
9236 return Empty;
9237 end if;
9239 return
9240 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
9241 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_IW_Membership), Loc),
9242 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9243 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9244 Prefix => Obj_Tag,
9245 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
9246 New_Reference_To (
9247 Node (First_Elmt
9248 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9249 Loc)));
9251 -- Ada 95: Normal case
9253 else
9254 return
9255 Build_CW_Membership (Loc,
9256 Obj_Tag_Node => Obj_Tag,
9257 Typ_Tag_Node =>
9258 New_Reference_To (
9259 Node (First_Elmt
9260 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9261 Loc));
9262 end if;
9264 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
9266 else
9267 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
9269 if Is_Abstract_Type (Right_Type) then
9270 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
9272 else
9273 return
9274 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9275 Left_Opnd => Obj_Tag,
9276 Right_Opnd =>
9277 New_Reference_To
9278 (Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Right_Type))), Loc));
9279 end if;
9280 end if;
9281 end Tagged_Membership;
9283 ------------------------------
9284 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
9285 ------------------------------
9287 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
9288 begin
9289 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
9290 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
9291 end if;
9292 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks;
9294 end Exp_Ch4;